FIRST NATIONAL BANCORP INC /IL/
10-K, 1996-03-29
NATIONAL COMMERCIAL BANKS
Previous: CANTON INDUSTRIAL CORP, NT 10-K, 1996-03-29
Next: FIRST NATIONAL BANCORP INC /IL/, DEF 14A, 1996-03-29



                          UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND
                               EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM 10-K




(Mark One)

[X]  ANNUAL  REPORT   PURSUANT  TO  SECTION  13  OR  15(d)  OF  THE   SECURITIES
     EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 [FEE REQUIRED]
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995
                                       OR
[ ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
    ACT OF 1934 [NO FEE REQUIRED]
For the transition period from                     to
                               --------------------   --------------------------

Commission file number:  0-15123

                          FIRST NATIONAL BANCORP, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

        Illinois                                              31-1182986
- ------------------------                            ----------------------------
(State of Incorporation)                                    (IRS Employer 
                                                          Identification No.)

78 North Chicago Street, Joliet, Illinois                       60432
- -----------------------------------------           ----------------------------
(Address of principal executive offices)                      (Zip Code)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code           (815) 726-4371
                                                    ----------------------------

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

                                                        Name of each exchange
       Title of each class                               on which registered
- ------------------------------                      ----------------------------

Common Stock, $10.00 par value                                   None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of               None
the Act:
                                                    ----------------------------

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the  preceding 12 months (or for such  shorter  period that the  registrant  was
required  to file  such  report(s),  and (2) has  been  subject  to such  filing
requirements for the past 90 days. Yes X No

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers  pursuant to Item 405
of Regulation  S-K is not contained  herein,  and will not be contained,  to the
best of registrant's  knowledge,  in definitive proxy or information  statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. [X]

The aggregate market value of Common Stock held by  non-affiliates  on March 14,
1996 was $94,840,356.  Based on the last reported price of an actual transaction
in  registrant's  Common  Stock on March 14,  1996,  and  reports of  beneficial
ownership  filed by  directors  and  executive  officers  of  registrant  and by
beneficial  owners of more than 5% of the outstanding  shares of Common Stock of
registrant;  however,  such determination of shares owned by affiliates does not
constitute an admission of affiliate status or beneficial interest in shares of
Common Stock of  Registrant.  At March 14, 1996 there were  1,215,902  shares of
registrant's sole class of common stock outstanding.

                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

There is  incorporated  by reference in Parts I and III of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K  portions  of the  information  contained  in the  registrant's  proxy
statement for its annual meeting of  stockholders  to be held March 14, 1996, to
the extent indicated herein.

<PAGE>





                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                        Page
PART I

  ITEM 1. Business.......................................................   

  ITEM 2. Properties.....................................................    

  ITEM 3. Legal   Proceedings............................................    

  ITEM 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders............  


PART II

  ITEM 5. Market  for the  Company's  Common  Stock  and  Related 
          Stockholder Matters.............................................  

  ITEM 6. Selected Financial Data.........................................  

  ITEM 7. Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of  Financial  
          Condition  and Results of Operations............................  

  ITEM 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data..................... 

  ITEM 9. Changes in and  Disagreements  with  Accountants  on  
          Accounting  and Financial Disclosure Matters....................


PART III

  ITEM 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant............ 

  ITEM 11. Executive Compensation........................................ 

  ITEM 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and
           Management.................................................... 

  ITEM 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions................ 


PART IV

  ITEM 14. Exhibits,   Financial  Statement  Schedules  and  
           Reports  on  Form 8-K......................................... 

  SIGNATURES ............................................................ 

<PAGE>

                                                    
PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

Overview

First National  Bancorp,  Inc. "First  National" or the "Company" was formed and
became the parent  holding  company of First  National Bank of Joliet ("FNB") on
September 30, 1986. Upon shareholders'  approval,  First National Bancorp,  Inc.
issued  625,000  shares  of its  $10  par  value  common  stock  for  all of the
outstanding  common stock of FNB. The merger was  accounted  for as a pooling of
interests  and thus all  financial  statements  and data  include the results of
operations of First National Bank of Joliet as a wholly-owned subsidiary.

On January 9, 1989,  the  Company  acquired  100% of the  outstanding  shares of
Southwest  Suburban Bank ("SWSB")  located in  Bolingbrook,  Illinois at a total
cash purchase price of $4,681,000.  The excess of acquisition cost over the fair
value of net assets acquired was $2,198,000.  The acquisition has been accounted
for as a purchase.

On December 14, 1990,  the Company  acquired 100% of the  outstanding  shares of
Bank of Lockport  ("BOL")  located in Lockport,  Illinois for  $12,077,000  paid
through  issuing  99,505 common shares of First  National  Bancorp,  Inc.  stock
valued at $7,167,000  plus cash of $4,910,000.  The excess of  acquisition  cost
over the fair value of net assets acquired was  $6,442,000.  The acquisition has
been accounted for as a purchase.

On October 31, 1994,  the Company  acquired  100% of the  outstanding  shares of
Plano Bancshares, Inc. ("Bancshares") located in Plano, Illinois.  Bancshares is
the parent holding  company of Community Bank of Plano  ("Plano").  The purchase
price  of  Bancshares  was  $10,737,000,  paid  through  issuing  debentures  of
$3,776,000 plus cash of $6,961,000. The excess of acquisition cost over the fair
value of net assets acquired was $2,311,000.  The acquisition has been accounted
for as a purchase with results of  operations  of  Bancshares  since October 31,
1994 included in the consolidated financial statements. FNB, SWSB, BOL and Plano
are sometimes referred to as the "Banks".

The Company has no employees and conducts no active  business except through its
banking  subsidiaries.  The only  significant  asset of the Company is its stock
ownership of the Banks.

Subsidiary Descriptions

FNB is a  commercial,  national  bank with its main  office  located at 78 North
Chicago Street,  Joliet,  Illinois 60431. FNB is located  approximately 45 miles
southwest  of Chicago and has Joliet and the  western  portion of Will County as
its primary service area. FNB was organized as a national  banking  organization
on June 6, 1933, and currently has seven branch locations.

SWSB is a state chartered,  FDIC insured bank, located at 224 Lily Cache Lane in
Bolingbrook,  Illinois.  SWSB is located  approximately  25 miles  southwest  of
Chicago and has Bolingbrook,  Romeoville,  Woodridge,  and Lemont as its primary
service area.  Southwest Suburban Bank was organized as a state bank on July 18,
1979.

BOL is a state chartered,  FDIC insured bank,  located at 826 East 9th Street in
Lockport,  Illinois.  The only branch of BOL is located at the  intersection  of
159th Street and Cedar Road,  approximately 3 miles from the main office. BOL is
located  approximately  35 miles southwest of Chicago and has Lockport,  Joliet,
Homer  Township,  New Lenox,  Romeoville and Lemont as its primary service area.
BOL was organized as a state bank on June 11, 1971.


<PAGE>


Bancshares  is a bank holding  company  organized in Delaware in 1984 which owns
100% of the capital  stock of Plano.  Banchares  has no other  subsidiaries  and
conducts no other  operations.  Plano is a state  chartered,  FDIC  insured bank
located at 2005 West Route 34 in Plano, Illinois. Plano is located approximately
45 miles west of Chicago and has Plano,  Sandwich  and  Yorkville as its primary
service area. Plano was organized as a state bank on October 1, 1943.

Competition

Active  competition  exists in all services  offered by the Banks, not only with
other  national  and state banks,  but also with savings and loan  associations,
finance companies,  personal loan companies,  credit unions, money market mutual
funds,  mortgage  bankers and other financial  institutions  serving this market
area. The principal  methods of competition in the financial  services  industry
are price, service and convenience.

Bank Deposits and Loans

No material  portion of any of the Banks'  deposits  have been  obtained  from a
person or group that withdrawal of such deposits would have an adverse effect on
the business of the Company.

The loan  portfolio is diversified so that slowdowns or problems in one specific
area would not cause a significant problem.

Seasonal

Business is not affected in a material manner by change of seasons.

Foreign Sources

Neither  the  First  National  Bancorp,  Inc.  nor its  subsidiaries,  the First
National  Bank  of  Joliet,  Southwest  Suburban  Bank,  Bank of  Lockport,  and
Community Bank of Plano are involved with foreign investments.

Compliance

Compliance with federal,  state, and local provisions relating to the protection
of  the  environment  should  not  have  a  material  effect  upon  the  capital
expenditures, earnings and competitive position of the Company.

Employment

As of December 31, 1995, the Banks had 267 full-time and 96 part-time employees.

Services

The Banks offer varied savings and  certificate of deposit  options,  commercial
lending, consumer lending, along with regular checking and savings services.


                           Supervision and Regulation

General
 
The growth and earnings  performance  of the Company can be affected not only by
management decisions and general economic  conditions,  but also by the policies
of various governmental  regulatory authorities  including,  but not limited to,
the  Office  of the  Comptroller  of the  Currency  (the  "OCC"),  the  Board of
Governors  of the Federal  Reserve  System (the "FRB"),  the FDIC,  the Illinois
Commissioner  of Banks and Trust  Companies (the  "Commissioner"),  the Internal
Revenue  Service and state taxing  authorities  and the  Securities and Exchange
Commission (the "SEC").  Financial  institutions and their holding companies are
extensively  regulated under federal and state law. The effect of such statutes,
regulations and policies can be significant, and cannot be predicted with a high
degree of certainty.

Federal  and  state  laws and  regulations  generally  applicable  to  financial
institutions,  such as the Company and its subsidiaries,  regulate,  among other
things, the scope of business,  investments,  reserves against deposits, capital
levels  relative to  operations,  the nature and amount of collateral for loans,
the establishment of branches, mergers, consolidations and dividends. The system
of  supervision  and regulation  applicable to the Company and its  subsidiaries
establishes a  comprehensive  framework for their  respective  operations and is
intended  primarily for the protection of the FDIC's deposit insurance funds and
the depositors, rather than the shareholders, of financial institutions.

The following  references  to material  statutes and  regulations  affecting the
Company and its subsidiaries  are brief summaries  thereof and do not purport to
be complete,  and are qualified in their  entirety by reference to such statutes
and regulations. Any change in applicable law or regulations may have a material
effect on the business of the Company and its subsidiaries.
<PAGE>

Recent Regulatory Developments

On August 8,  1995,  the FDIC  amended  its  regulations  to change the range of
deposit insurance assessments charged to members of the Bank Insurance Fund (the
"BIF"), such as FNB, SWSB, BOL and Plano (collectively,  the "Banks"),  from the
then-prevailing  range of 0.23%  to  0.31% of  deposits,  to a range of 0.04% to
0.31% of  deposits.  Additionally,  because  the change in  BIF-assessments  was
applied  retroactively to June 1, 1995, BIF-member  institutions,  including the
Banks,  received a refund of the  difference  between the amount of  assessments
previously paid at the higher assessment rates for the period from June 30, 1995
through  September  30, 1995,  and the amount that would have been paid for that
period  at the  new  rates.  In the  case of the  Banks,  this  refund  totalled
$339,428.  The FDIC did not,  however,  change the  assessment  rates charged to
members of the Savings Association Insurance Fund (the "SAIF"), and SAIF-insured
institutions  continue  to pay  assessments  ranging  from  0.23%  to  0.31%  of
deposits.

The deposit insurance assessments paid by BIF-member  institutions will decrease
further in  calendar  year 1996.  On November  14,  1995,  the FDIC  reduced the
deposit insurance assessments for BIF-member  institutions by four basis points.
As a result, the range of BIF assessments for the semi-annual  assessment period
commencing January 1, 1996 will be between 0% and 0.27% of deposits.  BIF-member
institutions which qualify for the 0% assessment category will,  however,  still
have to pay  the  $1000  minimum  semi-annual  assessment  required  by  federal
statute.

The  FDIC  was  able to  change  the  range  for  BIF-member  deposit  insurance
assessments to their current levels because the ratio of the insurance  reserves
of the BIF to total  BIF-insured  deposits  exceeds the  statutorily  designated
reserve ratio of 1.25%.  Because the SAIF does not meet this designated  reserve
ratio, the FDIC is prohibited by federal law from reducing the deposit insurance
assessments  charged to SAIF-member  institutions  to the same levels  currently
charged  BIF-member  institutions.  Legislative  proposals  pending  before  the
Congress would recapitalize the SAIF to the designated reserve ratio by imposing
a special assessment against SAIF-insured institutions.  In conjunction with the
proposed  recapitalization of the SAIF,  legislation has also been introduced in
the Congress that would, among other things, require federal thrift institutions
to  convert  to state or  national  banks  and merge the BIF and the SAIF into a
single deposit  insurance fund administered by the FDIC. At this time, it is not
possible  to predict  whether,  or in what form,  any such  legislation  will be
adopted or the impact,  if any, such  legislation  would have on the Company and
the Banks.

The Company

General.  The Company,  as the sole  shareholder of the Banks, is a bank holding
company.  As a bank holding  company,  the Company is  registered  with,  and is
subject to regulation by, the FRB under the Bank Holding Company Act, as amended
(the "BHCA"). In accordance with FRB policy, the Company is expected to act as a
source of financial  strength to the Bank and to commit resources to support the
Bank in  circumstances  where the Company  might not do so absent  such  policy.
Under the BHCA, the Company is subject to periodic examination by the FRB and is
required  to  file  periodic  reports  of its  operations  and  such  additional
information as the FRB may require.  Because SWSB, BOL and Plano  (collectively,
the "State Banks") are chartered under Illinois law, the Company is also subject
to  supervision  and  regulation  by the  Commissioner  under the Illinois  Bank
Holding Company Act.

Investments and Activities.  Under the BHCA, a bank holding company must obtain
FRB approval before: (i) acquiring, directly or indirectly, ownership or control
of any voting  shares of another  bank or bank  holding  company if,  after such
acquisition,  it would own or  control  more than 5% of such  shares  (unless it
already  owns or controls the majority of such  shares);  (ii) acquiring  all or
substantially  all of the assets of another  bank or bank  holding  company;  or
(iii) merging or consolidating with another bank holding company.

Prior to September  29, 1995,  the BHCA  prohibited  the FRB from  approving any
direct or indirect  acquisition by a bank holding company of more than 5% of the
voting shares,  or of all or substantially  all of the assets, of a bank located
outside  of the  state in which the  operations  of the bank  holding  company's
banking  subsidiaries  are  principally  located unless the laws of the state in
which  the  bank  to be  acquired  is  located  specifically  authorize  such an
acquisition.  Pursuant to amendments to the BHCA which took effect September 29,
1995,  the FRB may now allow a bank holding  company to acquire banks located in
any state of the United  States  without  regard to geographic  restrictions  or
reciprocity   requirements   imposed  by  state  law,  but  subject  to  certain
conditions,  including  limitations on the aggregate amount of deposits that may
be held by the  acquiring  holding  company  and all of its  insured  depository
institution affiliates.
<PAGE>

The BHCA also prohibits the Company,  with certain  exceptions noted below, from
acquiring direct or indirect  ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting
shares of any  company  which is not a bank and from  engaging  in any  business
other  than  that of  banking,  managing  and  controlling  banks or  furnishing
services to banks and their subsidiaries, except that bank holding companies may
engage in, and may own shares of companies engaged in, certain  businesses found
by the FRB to be "so closely  related to banking ... as to be a proper  incident
thereto."  Under  current  regulations  of the FRB, the Company and its non-bank
subsidiaries are permitted to engage in, among other  activities,  such banking-
related  businesses  as the operation of a thrift,  sales and consumer  finance,
equipment  leasing,  the  operation  of a  computer  service  bureau,  including
software  development,  and mortgage  banking and  brokerage.  The BHCA does not
place  territorial  restrictions  on the activities of non-bank  subsidiaries of
bank holding companies.

Federal  legislation  also  prohibits the  acquisition of "control" of a bank or
bank  holding  company,  such as the  Company,  without  prior notice to certain
federal  bank  regulators.   "Control"  is  defined  in  certain  cases  as  the
acquisition of 10% of the outstanding shares of a bank or bank holding company.

Capital Requirements.  The  FRB  uses  capital  adequacy  guidelines  in  its
examination  and  regulation of bank holding  companies.  If capital falls below
minimum  guideline  levels,  a bank holding company may, among other things,  be
denied approval to acquire or establish additional banks or non-bank businesses.

The FRB's capital guidelines  establish the following minimum regulatory capital
requirements for bank holding companies: a risk-based requirement expressed as a
percentage of total risk-weighted  assets, and a leverage requirement  expressed
as a  percentage  of total  assets.  The  risk-based  requirement  consists of a
minimum ratio of total capital to total risk-weighted  assets of 8%, of which at
least  one-half  must  be  Tier  1  capital  (which   consists   principally  of
stockholders'  equity).  The leverage requirement consists of a minimum ratio of
Tier 1 capital to total assets of 3% for the most highly rated  companies,  with
minimum requirements of 4% to 5% for all others.

The  risk-based  and leverage  standards  presently  used by the FRB are minimum
requirements,  and higher  capital  levels will be required if  warranted by the
particular  circumstances or risk profiles of individual banking  organizations.
Further,  any banking  organization  experiencing  or  anticipating  significant
growth would be expected to maintain capital ratios,  including tangible capital
positions  (i.e.,  Tier 1 capital less all  intangible  assets),  well above the
minimum levels.
 
As of December 31,  1995,  the Company had  regulatory  capital in excess of the
FRB's  minimum  requirements,  with a risk-based  capital  ratio of 13.0% and a
leverage ratio of 7.6%.
 
Dividends.  The FRB  has  issued  a  policy  statement  on the  payment  of cash
dividends by bank holding companies. In the policy statement,  the FRB expressed
its view that a bank holding company experiencing earnings weaknesses should not
pay cash  dividends  exceeding  its net income or which  could only be funded in
ways that  weakened  the bank holding  company's  financial  health,  such as by
borrowing.  Additionally, the FRB possesses enforcement powers over bank holding
companies  and their  non-bank  subsidiaries  to prevent or remedy  actions that
represent unsafe or unsound  practices or violations of applicable  statutes and
regulations.  Among  these  powers is the  ability to  proscribe  the payment of
dividends by banks and bank holding companies.

In addition to the  restrictions  on dividends  imposed by the FRB, the Illinois
Business  Corporation  Act, as  amended,  prohibits  the  Company  from paying a
dividend if, after giving effect to the dividend, the Company would be insolvent
or the net  assets  of the  Company  would be less  than  zero or less  than the
maximum  amount  then  payable to  shareholders  of the  Company  who would have
preferential distributions rights if the Company were liquidated.

Federal Securities Regulation. The Company's common stock is registered with the
SEC under the  Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  and the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934,  as amended  (the  "Exchange  Act").  Consequently,  the Company is
subject  to the  information,  proxy  solicitation,  insider  trading  and other
restrictions and requirements of the SEC under the Exchange Act.

The Banks

General.  FNB is a national  bank,  chartered by the OCC under the National Bank
Act. The deposit accounts of the Bank are insured by the BIF of the FDIC, and it
is a member of the Federal Reserve System.  As a BIF-insured  national bank, the
Bank is subject  to the  examination,  supervision,  reporting  and  enforcement
requirements of the OCC, as the chartering authority for national banks, and the
FDIC, as administrator of the BIF.
<PAGE>
 
The State Banks are Illinois-chartered  banks, the deposit accounts of which are
also insured by the BIF of the FDIC. As BIF-insured,  Illinois-chartered  banks,
the State  Banks are  subject to the  examination,  supervision,  reporting  and
enforcement  requirements of the Commissioner,  as the chartering  authority for
Illinois banks, and the FDIC, as administrator of the BIF. 

Deposit Insurance. As FDIC-insured  institutions,  the Banks are required to pay
deposit insurance  premium  assessments to the FDIC. The amount each institution
pays for FDIC deposit  insurance  coverage is determined  in  accordance  with a
risk-based assessment system under which all insured depository institutions are
placed into one of nine  categories and assessed  insurance  premiums based upon
their level of capital and supervisory  evaluation.  Institutions  classified as
well-capitalized  (as defined by the FDIC) and considered healthy pay the lowest
premium while institutions that are less than adequately capitalized (as defined
by the FDIC) and considered of substantial  supervisory  concern pay the highest
premium.  For the  semi-annual  assessment  period ended  December 31, 1995, BIF
assessments ranged from 0.04% to 0.31% of deposits.  Risk  classification of all
insured institutions is made by the FDIC for each semi-annual assessment period.

The  FDIC  may  terminate  the  deposit  insurance  of  any  insured  depository
institution if the FDIC  determines,  after a hearing,  that the institution has
engaged  or is  engaging  in unsafe  or  unsound  practices,  is in an unsafe or
unsound  condition to continue  operations or has violated any  applicable  law,
regulation,  order, or any condition imposed in writing by, or written agreement
with, the FDIC. The FDIC may also suspend deposit insurance  temporarily  during
the hearing process for a permanent  termination of insurance if the institution
has no tangible capital.  Management of the Company is not aware of any activity
or condition that could result in termination of the deposit insurance of any of
the Banks.

Capital Requirements.  Under the regulations of the OCC (in the case of FNB) and
the FDIC  (in the  case of the  State  Banks),  the  Banks  are  subject  to the
following  minimum capital  standards:  a leverage  requirement  consisting of a
minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to total assets of 3% for the most  highly-rated
banks with  minimum  requirements  of 4% to 5% for all others,  and a risk-based
capital  requirement  consisting  of a minimum  ratio of total  capital to total
risk- weighted assets of 8%, at least one-half of which must be Tier 1 capital.

The  capital  requirements  described  above are  minimum  requirements.  Higher
capital levels will be required if warranted by the particular  circumstances or
risk profiles of individual  institutions.  For example,  the regulations of the
OCC provide that additional  capital may be required to take adequate account of
the risks posed by concentrations of credit,  nontraditional  activities and the
institution's ability to manage such risks. Additionally, on August 2, 1995, the
federal banking  regulators,  including the OCC,  published  amendments to their
respective  risk-based  capital standards designed to take into account interest
rate risk ("IRR")  exposure.  The amendments  provide that a bank's  exposure to
declines in the economic  value of its capital due to changes in interest  rates
will be among the factors  considered  by the  agencies in  evaluating  a bank's
capital  adequacy.  Management  does not  anticipate  that this  amendment  will
adversely affect the ability of the Banks to maintain compliance with applicable
capital requirements.

The IRR  amendments  do not  establish  a system  for  measuring  IRR  exposure.
However, concurrently with the adoption of the amendments, the agencies issued a
proposed  joint policy  statement  setting out a framework that would be used to
measure the IRR exposure of  individual  banks.  The proposed  policy  statement
would  generally  require banks to quantify  their level of IRR exposure using a
measurement  system  developed by the  regulators  that weights a bank's assets,
liabilities and off-balance  sheet positions by risk factors designed to reflect
the  approximate  change in each  instrument's  value that would result from 200
basis point changes in interest  rates.  The level of IRR exposure  reflected by
this measurement  process,  as well as the level of IRR exposure  reflected by a
bank's own internal measurement system, would then be considered by the agencies
in assessing a bank's capital adequacy. Although it is not presently possible to
predict whether, or in what form, the proposed policy statement will be adopted,
management  does  not  anticipate  that  the  adoption  of  a  policy  statement
substantially  in the form proposed would have a material  adverse effect on the
ability  of  the  Banks  to  maintain   compliance   with   applicable   capital
requirements.

During the year ended  December  31,  1995,  none of the Banks was  required  by
regulatory authorities to maintain capital in an amount in excess of the minimum
regulatory requirements. As of December 31, 1995, each of the Banks exceeded its
minimum regulatory capital requirements, as follows:

                              Risk-Based Capital Ratio      Leverage Ratio
                              ------------------------      --------------

FNB                                   14.7%                     8.7%
SWSB                                  14.5%                     8.4%
BOL                                   14.5%                     8.6%
Plano                                 13.8%                     8.7%
<PAGE>

Federal law provides  the federal  banking  regulators  with broad power to take
prompt   corrective   action  to  resolve  the   problems  of   undercapitalized
institutions.  The extent of the  regulators'  powers  depends  on  whether  the
institution  in  question  is  "well  capitalized,"   "adequately  capitalized,"
"undercapitalized,"     "significantly    undercapitalized"    or    "critically
undercapitalized," as defined by regulation. Depending upon the capital category
to which an institution is assigned,  the regulators' corrective powers include:
requiring the submission of a capital  restoration plan; placing limits on asset
growth and  restrictions  on  activities;  requiring  the  institution  to issue
additional capital stock (including  additional voting stock) or to be acquired;
restricting  transactions  with  affiliates;  restricting  the interest rate the
institution  may pay on  deposits;  ordering a new  election of directors of the
institution; requiring that senior executive officers or directors be dismissed;
prohibiting the institution from accepting  deposits from  correspondent  banks;
requiring  the  institution  to divest  certain  subsidiaries;  prohibiting  the
payment  of  principal  or  interest  on  subordinated   debt;  and  ultimately,
appointing a receiver for the institution.

Dividends.  The National Bank Act imposes limitations on the amount of dividends
that a national bank,  such as FNB, may pay without prior  regulatory  approval.
Generally,  the amount is  limited to the  national  bank's  current  year's net
earnings plus the adjusted retained earnings for the two preceding years.

Under the Illinois  Banking  Act,  Illinois-chartered  banks,  such as the State
Banks, may not pay, without prior  regulatory  approval,  dividends in excess of
their adjusted profits.

The payment of dividends by any financial  institution or its holding company is
affected by the requirement to maintain  adequate capital pursuant to applicable
capital  adequacy  guidelines and regulations.  As described above,  each of the
Banks exceeded its minimum capital  requirements under applicable  guidelines as
of December 31, 1995. As of December 31, 1995,  approximately $9,116,000 million
was available to be paid as dividends to the Company by the Banks.

Insider  Transactions.  The Banks are subject to certain restrictions imposed by
the  Federal  Reserve  Act on any  extensions  of credit to the  Company and its
subsidiaries, on investments in the stock or other securities of the Company and
its  subsidiaries  and the  acceptance  of the stock or other  securities of the
Company or its  subsidiaries  as collateral for loans.  Certain  limitations and
reporting  requirements  are also placed on  extensions of credit by each of the
Banks to its directors  and  officers,  to directors and officers of the Company
and its subsidiaries,  to principal stockholders of the Company, and to "related
interests" of such directors,  officers and principal stockholders. In addition,
such  legislation  and  regulations  may  affect the terms upon which any person
becoming a director  or officer of the Company or one of its  subsidiaries  or a
principal stockholder of the Company may obtain credit from banks with which one
of the Banks maintains a correspondent relationship.

Safety  and  Soundness  Standards.   On  July  10,  1995,  the  federal  banking
regulators,   including  the  OCC  and  the  FDIC,  published  final  guidelines
establishing  operational  and  managerial  standards  to promote the safety and
soundness of federally insured depository  institutions.  The guidelines,  which
took  effect on August 9,  1995,  establish  standards  for  internal  controls,
information  systems,   internal  audit  systems,  loan  documentation,   credit
underwriting,  interest rate exposure, asset growth, and compensation,  fees and
benefits.  In general, the guidelines prescribe the goals to be achieved in each
area,  and  each  institution  will  be  responsible  for  establishing  its own
procedures to achieve those goals. If an institution fails to comply with any of
the standards set forth in the  guidelines,  the  institution's  primary federal
regulator  may  require  the  institution  to  submit a plan for  achieving  and
maintaining compliance.  The preamble to the guidelines states that the agencies
expect to require a compliance  plan from an  institution  whose failure to meet
one or more of the standards is of such severity that it could threaten the safe
and  sound  operation  of the  institution.  Failure  to  submit  an  acceptable
compliance  plan,  or  failure  to  adhere  to a  compliance  plan that has been
accepted by the  appropriate  regulator,  would  constitute  grounds for further
enforcement action. The federal banking agencies have also published for comment
proposed asset quality and earnings standards which, if adopted,  would be added
to  the  safety  and  soundness  guidelines.   This  proposal,  like  the  final
guidelines,  would  establish  the goals to be  achieved  with  respect to asset
quality and earnings, and each institution would be responsible for establishing
its own procedures to meet such goals.
 
State Bank Activities.  Under federal law, as implemented by FDIC  regulations,
FDIC insured  state banks (such as the State Banks) are  prohibited,  subject to
certain exceptions, from making or retaining equity investments of a type, or in
an  amount,  that are not  permissible  for a national  bank.  Federal  law,  as
implemented  by FDIC  regulations,  also  prohibits FDIC insured state banks and
their subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions, from engaging as principal in
any  activity  that is not  permitted  for a  national  bank or its  subsidiary,
respectively,  unless  the  bank  meets,  and  continues  to meet,  its  minimum
regulatory  capital  requirements and the FDIC determines the activity would not
pose a  significant  risk to the deposit  insurance  fund of which the bank is a
member.   Impermissible   investments   and  activities   must  be  divested  or
discontinued within certain time frames set by the FDIC. These restrictions have
not had,  and are not  currently  expected  to have,  a  material  impact on the
operations of the State Banks.
<PAGE>

Branching Authority. Illinois-chartered banks, such as the State Banks, have the
authority  under  Illinois law to  establish  branches any where in the State of
Illinois,  subject to receipt of all required regulatory approvals.  Federal law
grants the same branching  authority to national  banks,  such as FNB, which are
headquartered  in  Illinois.  Effective  June 1, 1997 (or  earlier if  expressly
authorized by applicable  state law),  the  Riegle-Neal  Interstate  Banking and
Branching  Efficiency  Act of 1994  (the  "Riegle-Neal  Act")  allows  banks  to
establish  interstate  branch  networks  through  acquisitions  of other  banks,
subject to certain  conditions,  including certain  limitations on the aggregate
amount of deposits that may be held by the surviving bank and all of its insured
depository  institution  affiliates.  The  establishment  of de novo  interstate
branches or the  acquisition  of individual  branches of a bank in another state
(rather than the acquisition of an out-of-state bank in its entirety) is allowed
by the  Riegle-Neal  Act  only if  specifically  authorized  by state  law.  The
legislation  allows individual states to "opt-out" of certain  provisions of the
Riegle-Neal  Act by  enacting  appropriate  legislation  prior to June 1,  1997.
Illinois has enacted legislation permitting interstate bank mergers beginning on
June 1, 1997.

               Restrictions on Resale of First National Debentures
                                  by Affiliates

Under Rule 145 of the 1933 Act,  certain  persons  who  receive  First  National
Debentures pursuant to the Community Bank of Plano merger and who were deemed to
be  "affiliates" of Community Bank of Plano are limited in their right to resell
the debenture so received. The term "affiliate" is defined to include any person
who, directly or indirectly,  controls,  or is controlled by, or is under common
control  with  Community  Bank of Plano at the time the merger was  submitted to
shareholders' vote. Each affiliate of Community Bank of Plano (e.g. any director
or executive  officer or shareholder of Community Bank of Plano who beneficially
owned a substantial  number of  outstanding  common shares of Community  Bank of
Plano) who desires to resell the First National Debenture received in the merger
must  sell  such  First  National  Debenture  either  pursuant  to an  effective
Registration  Statement or in accordance with the applicable  provisions of Rule
145(d) under the 1933 Act.

Rule 145(d)  requires that persons  deemed to be  affiliates  resell their First
National Debenture pursuant to certain of the requirements of Rule 144 under the
1933 Act if such First  National  Debenture  is sold  within the first two years
after  the  receipt  thereof.  After  two  years if such  person is not a former
affiliate of First  National and First  National is current in the filing of its
periodic  securities  law reports,  a former  affiliate of the Community Bank of
Plano may freely  resell the First  National  Debenture  received  in the Merger
without  limitation.  After three years from the issuance of the First  National
Debenture,  if such person is not an affiliate of First  National at the time of
sale or for at least  three  months  prior to such sale,  such person may freely
resell such First  National  Debenture,  without  limitation,  regardless of the
status of First National's periodic securities law reports.

<PAGE>


Item 2.  Properties

The  two-story  main  building  of the  Company is  located at 78 North  Chicago
Street, Joliet,  Illinois 60432. FNB owns this building. The land on which it is
located  is owned  by  First  National.  Also  owned by FNB are five  additional
facilities  in Joliet,  which are  located at Scott and  Jefferson,  Midland and
Campbell, Black and Essington Roads, 1590 North Larkin and 191 South Larkin, one
additional  facility in Minooka at 207 Mondamin Street, one additional  facility
in  Channahon  at 23841 West Eames and one  additional  facility in Shorewood at
Route 52 and Brookshore. SWSB owns their building located at 225 Lily Cache Lane
in  Bolingbrook.  BOL owns their main office at 826 East 9th Street and a branch
office  at Cedar  Road and 159th  Street in Homer  Township.  Plano  owns  their
building at 2005 West Route 34 in Plano.

Approximate square footage of each location is as follows:

                                                  Approximate
Subsidiary          Location                      Square Feet      Status
- ----------          --------                      -----------      ------

  FNB       78 N. Chicago St., Joliet                25,000        Owned
  FNB       Scott and Jefferson, Joliet               1,600        Onwed
  FNB       Midland and Campbell, Joliet              4,200        Owned
  FNB       Black and Essington Rds, Joliet          12,000        Owned
  FNB       1590 North Larkin, Joliet                 1,100        Leased
  FNB       191 South Larkin, Joliet                    900        Leased
  FNB       207 Mondamin St., Minooka                 2,000        Owned
  FNB       23841 W. Eames, Channahon                   100        Leased
  FNB       Route 52 and Brookshore, Shorewood        1,200        Owned
  SWSB      225 Lily Cache Lane, Bolingbrook          8,800        Owned
  BOL       826 E. 9th Street, Lockport              27,000        Owned
  BOL       Cedar Rd and 59th St., Lockport           9,000        Owned
  Plano     2005 W. Route 34, Plano                  10,000        Owned

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings

There are no  material  legal  proceedings  pending to which the  Company or its
subsidiaries is a party other than ordinary  routine  litigation  incidential to
their respective businesses.

Item 4.  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

None.


PART II.

Item 5.  Market for the Company's Common Stock and Related Stockholder Matters.

Market Information

First National Common Stock is traded  primarily  through the offices of Stofan,
Agazzi & Co.,  Richard B. Vance & Co.,  A. G.  Edwards & Sons,  Inc.,  Edward D.
Jones & Co. and the Chicago Corporation.

<PAGE>

Item 6. Selected Financial Data.

Financial Highlights

(Table dollar amounts in thousands except per share data)
<TABLE>


                                                             1995             1994          1993            1992             1991
- ----------------------------------------------------     ----------       ---------      ----------     -----------       ----------
<S>                                                      <C>              <C>            <C>            <C>               <C>   

Statement of income:
   Net interest income .............................     $   29,451       $  26,312      $   25,096     $    23,447       $  19,906
   Provision for loan losses .......................          1,191             830             687           1,153             681
   Net non-interest expense ........................         21,419          18,540          17,730          15,884          14,492
   Income before income taxes ......................         11,965          10,780          10,449           9,893           8,059
   Net income ......................................          8,211           7,507           7,366           6,826           5,805

Balance sheet-end of year balances
   Securities ......................................        202,711         189,874         190,872         170,778         145,226
   Loans, net ......................................        427,917         418,918         333,243         295,810         301,362
   Total assets ....................................        749,990         692,642         631,786         594,000         553,671
   Deposits ........................................        605,137         556,162         491,014         477,388         443,619
   Stockholders' equity ............................         66,425          61,657          57,442          53,118          49,332

Balance sheet-average balances:
   Securities ......................................        189,605         192,890         184,559         158,303         146,529
   Loans, net ......................................        426,523         371,442         303,578         293,216         284,278
   Total assets ....................................        729,801         640,388         604,202         577,008         534,510
   Deposits ........................................        577,093         505,553         477,938         471,494         446,424
   Stockholders' equity ............................         63,741          59,090          55,068          49,547          47,604

Weighted average shares outstanding (1): ...........      1,215,902       1,215,902       1,215,902       1,215,902       1,215,902

Per share data (1):
Book value .........................................          54.63           50.71           47.24           43.69           40.57
Earnings ...........................................           6.75            6.17            6.06            5.61            4.77
Cash dividends .....................................           2.75            2.68            2.50            2.50            1.91

Selected financial ratios:
   Average net loans to average deposits ...........          73.91%          73.47%          63.52%          62.19%          63.68%
   Return on average assets ........................           1.13            1.17            1.22            1.18            1.09
   Return on average equity ........................          12.88           12.70           13.38           13.78           12.19
   Net interest margin (2) .........................           4.62            4.72            4.78            4.73            4.38
   Average equity to average assets ................           8.73            9.23            9.11            8.59            8.91
   Dividend payment ratio ..........................          40.73           43.40           41.29           44.53           40.00

<FN>

(1)  Adjusted to reflect 7 for 5 stock  split in 1994 and 20% stock  dividend in
     1991.

(2)  Based on average  interest  earning assets with the  computation on a fully
     tax equivalent basis assuming an income tax rate of 35%.
</FN>
</TABLE>

The Company has no loans or investment  concentrations nor are there any foreign
outstandings.


<PAGE>


Holders

As of December 31, 1995,  the Company had 1,664  shareholders  of common capital
stock.

Dividends

The Subsidiary  Banks are limited as to the amount of dividends that can be paid
to the parent company without prior regulatory approval;  therefore, the Company
is  similarly  limited  in paying  dividends  to  shareholders.  For  1996,  the
Subsidiary Banks have approximately $9,116,000, plus their net earnings in 1996,
available for paying dividends to First National.

Item 7. Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
        of Operations.

Introduction

First  National  Bancorp,  Inc.  (the Company) is a multi-bank  holding  company
serving primarily the Will,  Grundy and Kendall  Counties,  Illinois area. First
National  Bancorp,  Inc.  originated  with the merger of First  National Bank of
Joliet on September  30,  1986.  While the  principal  office of the Company and
First  National Bank  continues to be Joliet,  Illinois,  expansion has occurred
through the acquisition in January,  1989 of Southwest Suburban Bank, located in
Bolingbrook,  Illinois (25 miles  southwest of Chicago),  and the acquisition in
December,  1990 of Bank of Lockport (35 miles  southwest  of Chicago).  In March
1992, the First National Bank of Joliet acquired the Minooka  facility of Morris
Federal Savings Bank. Plano Bancshares, Inc. (Community Bank of Plano) (45 miles
west of Chicago)  was  acquired in October,  1994.  At December  31,  1995,  the
Company  with  its  four  wholly-owned  banking  subsidiaries  now has  fourteen
customer banking locations and total assets of $749,990,000.  These acquisitions
are part of the  Company's  strategic  plan to expand in areas where the Company
either already has market  penetration or where the Company's  present  customer
service area borders the new market.

Results of Operations

For the year ended December 31, 1995 the Company earned  $8,211,000 or $6.75 per
share as compared to $7,507,000  or $6.17 per share and  $7,366,000 or $6.06 per
share for the years ended December 31, 1994 and December 31, 1993, respectively.
On a percentage  basis net income for 1995  increased by 9.38% over that of 1994
while a 1.91%  increase was achieved in 1994 over  reported net income for 1993.
The  operating  performance  of bank holding  companies is often  measured,  and
comparisons  made,  based on net  income to  average  assets  and net  income to
average equity.  The Company's  returns on average assets and average equity for
the three years ended December 31, 1995 are as follows:

                                                      1995      1994     1993
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Return on average assets                              1.13%     1.17%    1.22%

Return on average equity                             12.88     12.70    13.38


Net Interest Income

Net  interest  income,  which is the  difference  between the  interest and fees
earned on loans and  investments  and the interest paid on deposits and borrowed
funds, is the principal source of income for the Company. Net interest income is
influenced by changes in the volume and yield on interest earning assets as well
as changes in the volume and rates paid on  interest  bearing  liabilities.  The
Company  attempts  to  favorably  impact net  interest  income  results  through
managing the  investment  decisions on interest  earning  assets and  monitoring
interest  rates its  banking  subsidiaries  offer,  particularly  rates for time
deposits and short-term  borrowings.  On a tax equivalent  basis (35% income tax
rate),  the  Company's net interest  income margin  expressed as a percentage of
average  interest earning assets was 4.62% for 1995 as compared to 4.72% in 1994
and 4.78% in 1993.  Net interest  income margin for the year ended  December 31,
1995  increased  by  $3,075,000  as compared to 1994.  The  increase in interest
earning assets net of interest bearing  liabilities  produced  $2,205,000 of the
net interest  income  margin  increase  with the remainder due to an increase in
interest rates.



<PAGE>


As the following table  illustrates,  the Company has maintained a high level of
interest  earning  assets  to  total  average  assets  and to  interest  bearing
liabilities.  The ratio of time deposits and borrowed funds to total liabilities
has fluctuated as shown.

                                                    1995      1994     1993
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Interest earning assets to total assets               0.91      0.91     0.92

Interest earning assets to interest bearing
   liabilities                                        1.18      1.20     1.20

Time deposits and borrowed funds to total
   liabilities                                        0.46      0.42     0.42

In the three years ended  December 31, 1995 the Company  achieved a  $78,633,000
increase in average interest earning assets. Approximately $55,081,000 or 70% of
this  increase  was due to growth  in the  lending  area.  The  following  table
illustrates the Company's average balance sheets and interest rates for the last
three years.  The average  balance sheet amounts for loans include  balances for
non-performing loans.
<TABLE>
                                                                    Average                             
                                                                    Balance                              Interest
                                                                     Sheets                               Rates
                                                       ------------------------------            -----------------------
                                                          1995       1994       1993             1995     1994     1993
                                                       --------   --------   --------            -----    -----    -----
<S>                                                    <C>        <C>        <C>                 <C>      <C>      <C>
Interest Earning Assets:
   Interest-bearing deposits in other
      financial institutions .......................   $     70   $  6,014   $ 23,364            4.29%    3.56%    3.43%
   Taxable securities ..............................    149,884    150,036    141,620            6.29     5.45     6.02
   Tax-exempt securities ...........................     39,721     42,854     42,939            8.93     8.96     9.42
   Federal funds sold ..............................     47,572     14,791     41,988            5.89     3.78     3.00
   Loans ...........................................    426,523    371,442    303,578            8.92     8.23     8.77
                                                       ---------  --------   --------
        Total interest earning assets ..............    663,770    585,137    553,489            8.11%    7.41%    7.45%
                                                       --------   --------   --------           ------   ------   ------
Noninterest Earning Assets:
   Cash and due from banks .........................     30,469     26,960     25,749
   Premises & equipment ............................     14,861     12,900     11,450
   Other assets and intangibles ....................     20,701     15,391     13,514
                                                       --------   --------   --------
        Total noninterest earning assets ...........     66,031     55,251     50,713
                                                       --------   --------   --------                                         
        Total assets ...............................   $729,801   $640,388   $604,202
                                                       ========   ========   ========
                                                                                      
Interest Bearing Liabilities:
   Deposits:
      Demand ....................................      $ 99,827   $ 91,237   $ 86,818            2.34%    2.18%    2.39%
      Savings ...................................       153,661    152,383    145,815            2.52     2.48     2.77
      Time ......................................       224,427    170,939    161,904            5.35     4.21     4.05
   Short-term borrowings ........................        74,552     69,647     66,210            5.65     3.77     2.95
   Long-term debt ...............................         7,966      2,235      1,812            8.56     7.16     7.67
                                                       --------   --------   --------
        Total interest bearing liabilities.......       560,433    486,441    462,559            4.12%    3.24%    3.19%
                                                       --------   --------   --------            -----    -----    -----
                                                                                                          
Noninterest Bearing Liabilities:
   Demand deposits ..............................       99,178      90,994     83,401
   Other liabilities ............................        6,449       3,863      3,174

Stockholders' equity ............................       63,741      59,090     55,068
                                                      --------    --------   --------
        Total liabilities and
            stockholders' equity ................     $729,801    $640,388   $604,202
                                                      ========    ========   ========
                                                                                       
              Net interest spread ...............                                                3.99%    4.17%    4.26%
                                                                                                 =====    =====    =====
              Net interest margin to                                                      
                average interest earning
                assets...........................                                                4.62%    4.72%    4.78%
                                                                                                 =====    =====    =====
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

The following table presents the components of the Company's net interest margin
(tax equivalent basis) for the three years ended December 31, 1995:

<TABLE>
 
                                                                                        1995         1994         1993
                                                                                      -------      -------      -------
<S>                                                                                   <C>          <C>          <C>

            Interest Income

Interest earning assets:
   Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions ...................      $     3      $   214      $   801
   Taxable securities ..........................................................        9,428        8,177        8,524
   Tax-exempt securities .......................................................        3,549        3,841        4,043
   Federal funds sold ..........................................................        2,800          559        1,258
   Loans .......................................................................       38,027       30,585       26,615
                                                                                      -------      -------      -------
   Total .......................................................................       53,807       43,376       41,241
                                                                                      -------      -------      -------
                      Interest Expense

Interest bearing liabilities:
   Demand deposits .............................................................        2,338        1,991        2,074
   Savings deposits ............................................................        3,872        3,778        4,037
   Time deposits ...............................................................       12,012        7,205        6,565
   Short-term borrowings .......................................................        4,210        2,624        1,956
   Long-term debt ..............................................................          682          160          139
                                                                                      -------      -------      -------
   Total .......................................................................       23,114       15,758       14,771
                                                                                      -------      -------      -------
Net interest margin ............................................................      $30,693      $27,618      $26,470
                                                                                      =======      =======      =======
</TABLE>

Provision for Loan Losses

The  provision for loan losses is based on  management's  judgment of the amount
necessary to maintain the  allowance for loan losses at an adequate  level.  The
provision is determined through a historical  evaluation of the risk inherent in
the present  loan  portfolio,  the overall  level of loans  outstanding  and the
current level of net  charge-offs.  On December 31, 1995, the allowance for loan
losses was at $3,931,000 or .91% of  outstanding  loans.  The provision for loan
losses  amounted to $1,191,000  for 1995 as compared to $830,000 and $687,000 in
1994 and 1993, respectively.

One  measurement  used by  management in assessing the risk inherent in the loan
portfolio  is the  level  of  non-performing  loans.  Non-performing  loans  are
comprised of those loans on which interest income is not being accrued and those
loans which are  contractually in arrears as to principal or interest for ninety
days or more. Non-performing assets, which include other real estate acquired in
satisfaction  of loans due the subsidiary  banks, at December 31 for each of the
past five years are as follows:

                                                  Non-Performing Assets
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                         1995     1994    1993    1992    1991
                                        ------   ------  ------  ------  -------

Non-accrual loans ...................   $  169   $1,084  $  449  $  917  $1,045
Past due loans ......................      981      985   1,168   1,034   1,304
Other real estate ...................      444      444     534     498     426
                                        ------   ------  ------  ------  ------
                                        $1,594   $2,513  $2,151  $2,449  $2,775
                                        ======   ======  ======  ======  ======

Total non-performing assets to total
   stockholders' equity .............    2.40%    4.08%   3.74%   4.61%   5.63%
Total non-performing assets to
   total assets .....................    0.21     0.36    0.34    0.41    0.50

<PAGE>


For the five years presented,  there were no restructured  loans or leases to be
reported.

The  management  process for  evaluating  the adequacy of the allowance for loan
losses  includes  reviewing each month's loan  committee  reports which list all
loans that do not meet certain  internally  developed  criteria as to collateral
adequacy,  payment  performance,  economic  conditions  and overall credit risk.
These reports, in narrative form, also address the current status and actions in
process on each listed loan. From this information,  adjustments are made to the
allowance  for  loan  losses.   Such  adjustments  include  both  specific  loss
allocation  amounts and general provisions by loan category based on present and
past collection experience and total loan dollars outstanding.

As of December 31, 1995  management  has identified  potential  problem loans by
type of loan.  This includes the  non-accrual and past due loans listed above in
Non-Performing Assets.

Commercial                                       $  1,716
Agricultural                                        2,179
Real estate, mortgage                                 353
Consumer                                              389
                                                 --------
                                                 $  4,637
                                                 ========

Other Income

Other income consists  primarily of service charges on customer deposit accounts
and fees earned on trust department and farm management  services.  A portion of
the  increase  in 1995 is the  result of gains in 1995 from the sale of  student
loans and other real  estate  owned of $115,000  and  $53,000,  respectively.  A
comparison of the amount and relative  significance of other income for the last
three years is as follows:


                                                 1995     1994     1993
                                                ------   ------   ------

Other income ................................   $5,124   $3,838   $3,770
Ratio of other income to income before
   income taxes .............................      43%      36%      36%


Other Expenses

Salaries and employee  benefits,  which represent the largest component of other
expenses,  increased  by  $1,215,000  or  13.3%  in  1995  primarily  due to the
inclusion of the salaries and employee  benefits of the Community  Bank of Plano
for a full year,  additional  employees  at the new branch  banking  location in
Shorewood and general pay increases of 4%. During 1995 the FDIC lowered  deposit
insurance rates which reduced the Company's premium expense by $555,000 from the
expense  incurred in 1994.  Details of other  expenses for the three years ended
December 31, 1995 are presented in the following schedule:

                                                       1995     1994      1993
                                                     -------  -------   -------

Salaries and employee benefits ....................  $10,372  $ 9,157   $ 8,863
Occupancy expense .................................    1,548    1,387     1,269
Data processing ...................................      945      818       799
Equipment expense .................................    1,356    1,002       988
FDIC insurance and bank examination assessments ...      893    1,249     1,192
Printing, stationery and supplies .................      598      461       469
Postage ...........................................      391      342       368
Amortization of intangibles .......................    1,070      553       469
All other expenses ................................    4,246    3,571     3,313
                                                     -------  -------   -------
                                                     $21,419  $18,540   $17,730
                                                     =======  =======   =======

<PAGE>

Applicable Income Taxes

The Company's  income tax expense was $3,754,000 for 1995 compared to $3,273,000
for 1994 and  $3,083,000  in 1993.  The increases in 1995 and 1994 are primarily
due to increased gross income.

The Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  Statement No. 109,  Accounting  for
Income Taxes  requires  that deferred tax assets be  recognized  for  deductible
temporary  differences and operating loss and tax credit  carryforwards  and the
deferred  tax  liabilities  be  recognized  for taxable  temporary  differences.
Temporary differences are the differences between the reported amounts of assets
and liabilities and their tax bases.

Liquidity

The primary objectives of the Company's  asset/liability  management program are
to achieve  the  optimum  net  interest  margin,  to follow  prudent  investment
strategies   and  to  maintain   adequate   liquidity  to  meet  the  withdrawal
requirements of depositors and the financing needs of prospective borrowers. The
interest rates offered during 1995 caused an increase in deposit  dollars placed
in time certificates. Management continually monitors the liquidity requirements
and rate  sensitivity  of its  short-term  source  of  funds.  The  accompanying
schedule  illustrates the Company's rate sensitive asset and liability  position
("GAP") by period and on a cumulative basis at December 31, 1995.

                                        Less Than    90 To     1 to 5    Over
                                         90 Days   365 Days     Years   5 Years
                                        ---------  ---------  --------  --------
Rate sensitive assets:
   Current:
      Securities .....................   $ 17,188  $  91,399  $ 78,239  $ 15,885
      Federal funds sold .............     41,537          0         0         0
      Loans ..........................     98,099     36,862   175,892   120,995
                                         --------  ---------  --------  --------
                                          156,824    128,261   254,131   136,880

   Cumulative ........................    156,824    285,085   539,216   676,096

Rate sensitive liabilities:
   Current:
      Savings .........................   152,128          0         0         0
      Time deposits ...................    81,684    101,965    55,649         3
      Other deposits and liabilities ..   157,279      7,915     6,026       925
                                         --------   --------  --------  --------
                                          391,091    109,880    61,675       928

   Cumulative .........................   391,091    500,971   562,646   563,574

"GAP":
   Amount:
      Current ........................   (234,267)    18,381   192,456   135,952
      Cumulative .....................   (215,886)   (23,430)  112,522
   Percentage of total rate sensitive 
      assets:
      Current ........................   (149.38)%    14.33%    75.73%    99.32%
      Cumulative .....................               (75.73)%   (4.35)%   16.64%

Included in "Less Than 90 Days" rate sensitive  liabilities is  $152,128,000  of
savings deposits which are more core deposit in nature and historically were not
classified  as rate  sensitive.  While the shorter  term  negative  GAP position
represents a potential  adverse  impact on the  Company's  net  interest  income
position  in periods  of rising  interest  rates,  the same  position  generally
results in a favorable  impact when interest  rates remain  constant or decline.
The Company  manages its GAP position by taking into account  actual  prepayment
experience on its installment and mortgage loan portfolios.

At December  31, 1995 the  securities  portfolio  included  $2,498,000  in gross
unrealized gains and $603,000 in gross unrealized losses on securities  intended
to be held to maturity.  Such amounts are not expected to have a material effect
on future  earnings,  beyond the usual  amortization  of acquisition  premium or
discount, because securities are intended to be held to maturity.  Available for
sale securities included $71,000 of gross unrealized gains and $221,000 of gross
unrealized  losses  and are not  expected  to have a  material  effect on future
earnings.



<PAGE>


Capital Adequacy

In 1995 stockholders' equity increased by $4,768,000 to $66,425,000. The amounts
comprising  this net increase  were an addition  for net earnings of  $8,211,000
with  decreases for dividends paid to  stockholders  of $3,344,000 and a $99,000
change in unrealized  losses on  securities  available for sale. At December 31,
1995 stockholders' equity represented 8.86% of total assets compared to the year
earlier position of 8.90%.

Under  rules  adopted by all the federal  bank  regulatory  agencies,  financial
institutions are subject to "risk based" capital measurements. These regulations
establish minimum levels for "Tier 1 Capital", "Total Capital" and the "Leverage
Ratio".  The following table presents the Company's actual Tier 1, Total Capital
and Leverage Ratio at December 31, 1995. For  comparison  purposes,  the minimal
required amounts and ratios are also reported.

Tier 1:
   Amount, actual .......................................               $56,203
   Amount, minimum required .............................                18,566

   Ratio, actual ........................................                 12.11%
   Ratio, minimum required ..............................                  4.00

Total capital:
   Amount, actual .......................................               $60,134
   Amount, minimum required .............................                37,132

   Ratio, actual ........................................                 12.96%
   Ratio, minimum required ..............................                  8.00

Leverage ratio:
   Actual ...............................................                  7.56
   Minimum required .....................................                  3.00

Effects of Inflation

The net monetary  assets of a financial  institution  are  affected  more by the
general level of interest  rates than by the prices of other goods and services.
High rates of inflation are generally accompanied by higher than normal interest
rates. Conversely, with a low inflation rate, or the anticipation of lower rates
of  inflation,  interest  rates are  usually  lower  than  normal.  The  Company
generally is able to offset the higher cost of funds  predominant  in periods of
higher inflation with increased yields on loans and investments.  When inflation
rates drop, and interest rates follow that pattern,  the Company's cost of funds
and interest earned on assets are likely to be reduced proportionately.

Assets such as bank premises and equipment are considered non-monetary in nature
and are not directly affected by inflation in the normal flow of business. These
assets are directly  affected by current rates of inflation  only when purchased
or sold.

Impact of New Accounting Standards

FASB issued Statement 122 regarding  accounting for mortgage servicing rights is
effective  for years  beginning  after  December  15,  1995.  Retained  mortgage
servicing rights for loans sold in the secondary markets after December 31, 1995
are to be valued and  capitalized.  The Company does not expect Statement 122 to
have a material impact on the financial statements.


<PAGE>



Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

Financial Statements

                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT                                                 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
   Consolidated balance sheets                                               

   Consolidated statements of income                                          

   Consolidated statements of changes in stockholders' equity                 

   Consolidated statements of cash flows                               

   Notes to consolidated financial statements         

   Supplementary data                     
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------





<PAGE>












                          INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT


To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
First National Bancorp, Inc.
   and Subsidiaries
Joliet, Illinois

We have audited the accompanying  consolidated  balance sheets of First National
Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1995 and 1994, and the related
consolidated  statements of income,  changes in stockholders'  equity,  and cash
flows for the years ended  December 31,  1995,  1994 and 1993.  These  financial
statements   are  the   responsibility   of  the   Company's   management.   Our
responsibility  is to express an opinion on these financial  statements based on
our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated  financial statements referred to above present
fairly,  in all material  respects,  the  financial  position of First  National
Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1995 and 1994, and the results
of their  operations and their cash flows for the years ended December 31, 1995,
1994 and 1993, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.


                                        /s/ McGladrey & Pullen, LLP
                                        ---------------------------


Joliet, Illinois
January 26, 1996


<PAGE>


FIRST NATIONAL BANCORP, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
December 31, 1995 and 1994
                                                                      

                                                              (In Thousands)
ASSETS                                                       1995       1994
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Cash and due from banks .................................. $ 42,979   $  42,832
Interest-bearing deposits in other financial 
  institutions                                                    0       4,198

Securities available for sale ............................   17,337           0
Securities held to maturity ..............................  185,374     189,874
                                                           --------    --------
                                                            202,711     189,874
                                                           --------    --------

Federal funds sold .......................................   41,537           0
Loans:
   Commercial ............................................   79,967      91,120
   Agricultural ..........................................    8,815       8,485
   Real estate, mortgage .................................  210,631     184,795
   Consumer ..............................................  134,344     141,611
                                                           --------    --------
                                                            433,757     426,011
   Less unearned discount ................................   (1,909)     (4,011)
                                                           --------    --------
                                                            431,848     422,000
   Less allowance for loan losses ........................   (3,931)     (3,082)
                                                           --------    --------
                                                            427,917     418,918
                                                           --------    --------

Premises and equipment, net ..............................   15,579      14,660
Accrued interest and other assets ........................    7,687       9,510
Intangibles, net .........................................   11,580      12,650
                                                           --------    --------
              Total Assets ............................... $749,990    $692,642
                                                           ========    ========

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Liabilities
   Deposits:
      Demand, non-interest bearing ....................... $114,035    $108,177
      NOW accounts .......................................   58,027      51,944
      Money market accounts ..............................   41,646      43,796
      Savings ............................................  152,128     151,558
      Time deposits, $100,000 and over ...................   34,781      25,552
      Other time deposits ................................  204,520     175,135
                                                           --------    --------
              Total Deposits .............................  605,137     556,162
   Short-term borrowings .................................   64,771      59,614
   Long-term debt ........................................    7,701       8,326
   Accrued interest and other liabilities ................    5,956       6,883
                                                           --------    --------
              Total Liabilities ..........................  683,565     630,985
                                                           --------    --------

Commitments and Contingent Liabilities

Stockholders' Equity
   Preferred stock, no par value, authorized 1,000,000 
      shares; none issued
   Common stock, par value $10; authorized 2,750,000
      shares; issued 1,215,902 shares ....................   12,159      12,159
   Additional paid-in capital ............................    8,846       8,846
   Retained earnings .....................................   45,519      40,652
   Unrealized loss on securities available for sale, net .      (99)
                                                           --------    --------
              Total Stockholders' Equity .................   66,425      61,657
                                                           --------    --------

              Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity . $749,990    $692,642
                                                           ========    ========

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.


<PAGE>


FIRST NATIONAL BANCORP, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
Years Ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993

                                                       (In Thousands Except 
                                                      for Earnings Per Share)
                                                     1995       1994      1993
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interest Income:
   Interest and fees on loans                     $ 38,027   $ 30,585   $ 26,615
   Interest on securities:
      Taxable                                        9,428      8,177      8,524
      Tax-exempt                                     2,307      2,535      2,669
                                                  ------------------------------
                                                    11,735     10,712     11,193
                                                  ------------------------------

   Interest on federal funds sold                    2,800        559      1,258
   Interest on deposits in other financial
      institutions                                       3        214        801
                                                  ------------------------------
              Total Interest Income                 52,565     42,070     39,867
                                                  ------------------------------

Interest Expense:
   Interest on deposits                             18,222     12,974     12,676
   Interest on short-term borrowings                 4,210      2,624      1,956
   Interest on long-term debt                          682        160        139
                                                  ------------------------------
              Total Interest Expense                23,114     15,758     14,771
                                                  ------------------------------

              Net Interest Income                   29,451     26,312     25,096
   Provision for loan losses                         1,191        830        687
                                                  ------------------------------
              Net Interest Income After 
                  Provision for Loan Losses         28,260     25,482     24,409
                                                  ------------------------------

Other Income:
   Trust department and farm management income         832        833        796
   Service fees                                      2,884      2,365      2,125
   Gain on sale of securities                          309                   336
   Other                                             1,099        640        513
                                                  ------------------------------
              Total Other Income                     5,124      3,838      3,770
                                                  ------------------------------

Other Expenses:
   Salaries and employee benefits                   10,372      9,157      8,863
   Occupancy expense                                 1,548      1,387      1,269
   Data processing                                     945        818        799
   Equipment expense                                 1,356      1,002        988
   Other expenses                                    7,198      6,176      5,811
                                                   -----------------------------
              Total Other Expenses                  21,419     18,540     17,730
                                                   -----------------------------

              Income Before Income Taxes            11,965     10,780     10,449

Applicable Income Taxes                              3,754      3,273      3,083
                                                   -----------------------------

              Net Income                           $ 8,211    $ 7,507    $ 7,366
                                                   =============================

Earnings Per Common Share                          $  6.75    $  6.17    $  6.06
                                                   =============================
See Notes to Consoldiated Financial Statements.

<PAGE>

FIRST NATIONAL BANCORP, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Years Ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993
<TABLE>

                                                                                   (In Thousands)
                                                       -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                        Unrealized
                                                                                                        (Loss) on
                                                          Common Stock        Additional                Securities
                                                       ---------------------    Paid-In      Retained   Available
                                                        Shares    Par Value     Capital      Earnings    For Sale      Total
                                                       -------- ------------ ------------- ------------ ----------  -----------
<S>                                                    <C>      <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>         <C>
                                      
Balance, December 31, 1992 .......................          869 $      8,689 $      12,350 $     32,079 $        0  $    53,118
   Net income ....................................            0            0             0        7,366          0        7,366   
   Cash dividends declared $2.50
      per share ..................................            0            0             0       (3,042)         0       (3,042)
                                                       ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance, December 31, 1993 .......................          869 $      8,689 $      12,350 $     36,403 $        0  $    57,442
   Net income ....................................            0            0             0        7,507          0        7,507
   Stock split of two additional
      shares for each five shares
      previously held, fractional
      shares paid in cash ........................          347         3,470       (3,504)           0          0          (34)
   Cash dividends declared $1.43
      per share prior to stock split
      and $1.25 subsequent to stock
      split ......................................            0             0            0       (3,258)         0       (3,258)
                                                       ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance, December 31, 1994 .......................        1,216 $      12,159 $     8,846 $      40,652 $        0  $    61,657
   Net income ....................................            0             0           0         8,211          0        8,211
   Cash dividends declared $2.75
      per share ..................................            0             0           0        (3,344)         0       (3,344)
   Net change in unrealized
      (loss) on securities available
      for sale ...................................            0             0           0             0        (99)         (99)
                                                       ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance, December 31, 1995 .......................        1,216 $      12,159 $     8,846 $      45,519 $      (99) $    66,425
                                                       ========================================================================
</TABLE>

See Notes to Consoldiated Financial Statements.


<PAGE>



FIRST NATIONAL BANCORP, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Years Ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993
<TABLE>
                                                              

                                                                                         (In Thousands)
                                                                               1995            1994            1993 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                          <C>             <C>             <C>

Cash Flows From Operating Activities
   Net income .......................................................        $ 8,211         $ 7,507         $ 7,366
   Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
      provided by operating activities:
      Depreciation ..................................................          1,288             984             856
      Provision for loan losses .....................................          1,191             830             687
      Provision for deferred income taxes ...........................           (190)           (214)           (227)
      Amortization of bond premiums, net of accretion ...............            195             327             350
      Amortization of intangibles ...................................          1,070             553             469
      (Gain) on sale of securities ..................................           (309)           (336)
      (Increase) decrease in accrued interest and
        other assets ................................................          2,946          (2,033)          1,137
      Increase (decrease) in accrued interest and
        other liabilities ...........................................           (686)            675             868
                                                                             ---------------------------------------
              Net Cash Provided by Operating
                  Activities ........................................         13,716           8,629          11,170
                                                                             ---------------------------------------
Cash Flows From Investing Activities
   Interest bearing deposits in other financial
      institutions, net .............................................          4,198           4,455           4,604
   Proceeds from maturities of securities held to maturity ..........         58,051          66,469          58,961
   Proceeds from sale of securities .................................         11,533
   Purchase of securities held to maturity ..........................        (70,924)        (48,971)        (90,602)
   Federal funds sold and securities purchased
      under agreements to resell, net ...............................        (41,537)         39,114          20,500
   Loans made to customers, net of principal
      collections ...................................................        (11,313)        (52,331)        (38,504)
   Purchase of Plano Bancshares, Inc. net of cash
      acquired and debentures issued ................................         (4,644)
   Proceeds from sale of equipment ..................................             15
   Purchase of premises and equipment ...............................         (2,207)         (1,822)         (1,794)
                                                                            ----------------------------------------
              Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Investing
                  Activities ........................................        (63,732)          2,285         (35,302)
                                                                            ----------------------------------------

Cash Flows From Financing Activities
   Net increase (decrease) in time deposits .........................         38,614          26,056         (11,268)
   Net increase (decrease) in all other deposit accounts ............         10,361         (10,663)         24,894
   Proceeds from securities sold under agreements
      to repurchase .................................................        160,229         104,906         120,830
   Payments on securities sold under agreements
      to repurchase .................................................       (150,038)       (125,270)       (100,333)
   Other short-term borrowings, net .................................         (5,034)          1,941              96
   Proceeds from long-term debt .....................................          3,800
   Principal paid on long-term debt .................................           (625)           (250)         (1,625)
   Cash paid in lieu of fractional shares ...........................            (34)
   Dividends paid ...................................................         (3,344)         (3,258)         (3,042)
                                                                            ----------------------------------------
              Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Financing
                  Activities ........................................         50,163          (2,772)         29,552
                                                                            ----------------------------------------

              Net Increase in Cash and Due from Banks ...............            147           8,142           5,420

Cash and Due From Banks
   Beginning ........................................................         42,832          34,690          29,270
                                                                            ----------------------------------------
   Ending ...........................................................       $ 42,979        $ 42,832        $ 34,690
                                                                            ========================================

</TABLE>

See Notes to Consoldiated Financial Statements.


<PAGE>


FIRST NATIONAL BANCORP, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOW
Years Ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993

<TABLE>
                                                           
                                                                     1995           1994           1993
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                 <C>           <C>           <C>

Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information
   Cash payments for:
      Interest paid to depositors                                   $ 17,136      $ 12,754      $ 12,960
      Interest paid on borrowings                                      4,660         2,775         2,097
      Income taxes                                                     4,091         3,503         3,276

Supplemental Schedule of Noncash Investing and
   Financing Activities
   Transfer of securities held to maturity to
      securities available for sale                                   17,487
   Unrealized loss on securities available for sale, net of
      deferred income taxes of $51                                        99
   Other real estate acquired in settlement of loans                   1,123                         384


   Acquisition of Plano Bancshares, Inc.
      Assets acquired:
        Cash and due from banks                                                      2,317
        Securities                                                                  16,827
        Federal funds sold                                                             814
        Loans, net                                                                  34,174
        Premises and equipment                                                       1,609
        Accrued interest and other assets                                              753
        Intangibles                                                                  6,127
                                                                             --------------
                                                                                    62,621
                                                                             --------------

      Liabilities assumed:
        Demand, NOW and Money Market deposits                                        6,106
        Savings and time deposits                                                   43,649
        Deferred taxes                                                               1,526
        Other liabilities                                                              603
                                                                             --------------
                                                                                    51,884
                                                                             --------------

                  Total purchase price                                              10,737
        Debentures issued                                                            3,776
                                                                             --------------
                  Cash paid                                                  $       6,961
                                                                             =============
</TABLE>

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

<PAGE>



FIRST NATIONAL BANCORP, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table Amounts in Thousands Except for Earnings Per Share)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note 1.  Nature of Business and Significant Accounting Policies

First National Bancorp, Inc. is a multi-bank holding company providing financial
and other banking services to customers  located  primarily in the Will,  Grundy
and Kendall Counties, Illinois area.

The  following  summarizes  the  significant  accounting  policies  used  in the
preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

Basis of financial statement presentation: The accounting and reporting policies
of the Company conform to generally accepted  accounting  principles and general
practices  within the financial  services  industry.  In preparing the financial
statements, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect
the  reported  amounts of assets and  liabilities  as of the date of the balance
sheet and revenues and expenses for the year.  Actual  results could differ from
those estimates.

Principles of consolidation:  The consolidated  financial statements include the
accounts of First  National  Bancorp,  Inc. and its  wholly-owned  subsidiaries,
First National Bank of Joliet,  Southwest  Suburban  Bank,  Bank of Lockport and
Plano Bancshares,  Inc.. All material  intercompany  items and transactions have
been eliminated in consolidation.

Securities and accounting change: The Company elected to adopt the provisions of
FASB Statement No. 115,  Accounting  for Certain  Investments in Debt and Equity
Securities  as of  January 1,  1994.  Statement  115  requires  that  management
determine the appropriate  classification of securities at the date of adoption,
and thereafter at the date securities are acquired, and that the appropriateness
of such  classification  be reassessed at each statement of financial  condition
date.  The  three  classifications  to be  considered  are  securities  held  to
maturity,  securities  available  for  sale  and  trading  securities.  All  the
Company's  securities  have  been  either  classified  as  held to  maturity  or
available for sale.

Securities  classified  as held to maturity are those debt  securities  that the
Company  has both the  intent  and  ability to hold to  maturity  regardless  of
changes in market  conditions,  liquidity  needs or changes in general  economic
conditions.  These  securities are carried at cost adjusted for  amortization of
premium and  accretion of discount,  computed by the interest  method over their
contractual lives.

Securities  classified  as  available  for sale are  those  securities  that the
Company intends to hold for an indefinite period of time, but not necessarily to
maturity. Any decision to sell a security classified as available for sale would
be based on various factors,  including significant movements in interest rates,
changes in the maturity mix of the Company's assets and  liabilities,  liquidity
needs, regulatory capital considerations,  and other similar factors. Securities
available  for sale are  carried at fair value.  Unrealized  gains or losses are
reported as increases or decreases in stockholders'  equity,  net of the related
deferred tax effect.  Realized  gains or losses,  determined on the basis of the
cost of specific securities sold, are included in income.

Prior to the adoption of Statement  115,  investment  securities  were stated at
cost, adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts, computed
by the interest method over their  contractual  lives. The adoption of Statement
115 did not have an effect on the financial statements.



<PAGE>



Loans  and  allowance  for loan  losses:  Loans  are  reported  at their  unpaid
principal amount, reduced by unearned discount and an allowance for loan losses.
Interest on loans is calculated primarily by using the simple interest method on
daily balances of the principal amount outstanding. Nonrefundable loan fees, net
of related origination costs, are initially deferred with the resulting deferred
income (or deferred  expense when costs exceed fees) recognized over the term of
the related loan as an adjustment to the yield.

The allowance for loan losses is established through a provision for loan losses
charged to expense. Loans are charged against the allowance for loan losses when
management  believes that the  collectibility of the principal is unlikely.  The
allowance  is an amount  that  management  believes  will be  adequate to absorb
possible  losses on  existing  loans  that may  become  uncollectible,  based on
evaluations of the collectibility of loans and prior loan loss experience.  This
evaluation also takes into  consideration  such factors as changes in the nature
and volume of the loan portfolio,  overall portfolio quality, review of specific
problem loans,  and current  economic  conditions that may affect the borrower's
ability to pay. While management uses the best information available to make its
evaluation,  future  adjustments  to the allowance may be necessary if there are
significant changes in economic conditions.

On January 1, 1995,  the Company  adopted FASB  Statement No 114,  Accounting by
Creditors for  Impairment of a Loan as amended by Statement No. 118,  Accounting
by Creditors for  Impairment  of a Loan - Income  Recognition  and  Disclosures.
Loans are considered  impaired when, based on current information and events, it
is  probable  that the  Company  will not be able to  collect  all  amounts  due
according  to  the  contractual  terms  of  the  loan  agreement.   Under  these
statements,  the  impairment is measured  based on the present value of expected
future cash flows, or alternatively, the observable market price of the loans or
the  fair  value  of  the  collateral.   However,   for  those  loans  that  are
collateral-dependent  and for which  management  has  determined  foreclosure is
probable,  the measure of  impairment  of those loans is to be based on the fair
value of the collateral. These statements also require certain disclosures about
impaired loans and the allowance for loan losses and interest income  recognized
on those loans. The effect of adopting these statements was not material.

For impaired  loans and other loans,  accrual of interest is  discontinued  on a
loan when management  believes,  after considering  collection efforts and other
factors,  that the  borrower's  financial  condition is such that  collection of
interest is doubtful.  Cash  collections  on impaired  loans are credited to the
loan  receivable  balance,  and no interest  income is recognized on those loans
until the principal balance has been collected.

Depreciation:  Premises  and  equipment  are  stated  at cost  less  accumulated
depreciation  computed  primarily on the  straight-line  method for premises and
150% declining-balance  method for equipment over the following estimated useful
lives of the assets:

                                       In Years
                                     ------------

Land improvements                        5-15
Buildings                               15-40
Equipment                                5-10

Intangibles:  The  portion  of the  purchase  price of  subsidiary  banks  which
represents  value  assigned to the  existing  deposit  base for which the annual
interest and servicing  costs are below market rates (core deposit  intangibles)
is being  amortized  on the  straight-line  method  over five to ten years.  The
excess of cost over fair value of net assets acquired (goodwill) in the purchase
of subsidiary banks is being amortized on the straight-line  method over fifteen
and twenty  years.  The  Company  reviews  its  intangible  assets  annually  to
determine  potential  impairment by comparing the carrying value of the goodwill
with the anticipated future cash flows of the related banks.
<PAGE>


Pension Plan: The Company has a pension plan covering all full-time employees of
its  subsidiary  banks who have  completed one year of service and meet specific
age  requirements.  The Company's  funding  policy is to make the minimum annual
contribution  that is required by applicable  regulations,  plus such amounts as
the Company may determine to be appropriate.

Income taxes:  Consolidated  federal income tax returns are filed by the Company
and its subsidiaries.

Deferred taxes are provided on a liability  method  whereby  deferred tax assets
are recognized for deductible  temporary  differences and operating loss and tax
credit  carryforwards  and deferred tax  liabilities  are recognized for taxable
temporary  differences.  Temporary  differences are the differences  between the
reported  amounts of assets and  liabilities  and their tax bases.  Deferred tax
assets are reduced by a valuation  allowance when, in the opinion of management,
it is more likely than not that some  portion or all of the  deferred tax assets
will not be realized.  Deferred tax assets and  liabilities are adjusted for the
effects of changes in tax laws and rates on the date of enactment.

Earnings  per  share:  Earnings  per  share are  calculated  on the basis of the
weighted average number of shares  outstanding giving retroactive effect for the
stock split in 1994. Prior year per share information has also been restated.

Presentation of cash flows: Cash flows from  interest-bearing  deposits in other
financial  institutions,  loans, federal funds sold,  short-term borrowings with
the U.S. Treasury and all customer deposit accounts are shown net.

Fair value of financial  instruments:  FASB Statement No. 107, Disclosures about
Fair  Value  of  Financial  Instruments,   requires  disclosure  of  fair  value
information  about  financial  instruments,  whether  or not  recognized  in the
balance  sheet,  for which it is  practicable  to estimate that value.  In cases
where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates
using  present  value  or  other  valuation  techniques.  Those  techniques  are
significantly  affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and
estimates of future cash flows. In that regard, the derived fair value estimates
cannot be substantiated by comparison to independent markets and, in many cases,
could not be realized in immediate  settlement of the instrument.  Statement 107
excludes certain financial instruments and all nonfinancial instruments from its
disclosure requirements. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented
do not represent the underlying value of the Company.

The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating the
fair value of its financial instruments:

      Cash and due from banks,  deposits  in other  financial  institutions  and
      federal  funds sold:  The carrying  amounts  reported in the  consolidated
      balance  sheet for cash and due from banks,  deposits  in other  financial
      institutions and federal funds sold approximate their fair values.

      Securities:  Fair values for securities are based on quoted market prices,
      where available. If quoted prices are not available, fair values are based
      on quoted market prices of comparable instruments.  The carrying amount of
      accrued interest receivable approximates its fair value.

      Loans:  Most commercial  loans,  and some real estate mortgage loans,  are
      made on a variable rate basis. For those  variable-rate loans that reprice
      frequently, and with no significant change in credit risk, fair values are
      based on  carrying  values.  The fair  values for fixed rate and all other
      loans are estimated  using  discounted  cash flow  analyses,  applying the
      interest rates currently  offered to borrowers for loans of similar credit
      quality and  comparable  payment  terms.  The  carrying  amount of accrued
      interest receivable approximates its fair value.

<PAGE>


Deposit  liabilities:  The fair values disclosed for non-interest bearing demand
deposits  equal their  carrying  amounts which  represents the amount payable on
demand.  The  carrying  amounts for  savings,  NOW  accounts  and  variable-rate
deposits  approximate  their fair values at the reporting  date. Fair values for
fixed-rate time deposits are estimated using a discounted cash flow  calculation
that  applies  interest  rates  currently  being  offered on  certificates  to a
schedule of aggregate expected monthly maturities on time deposits. The carrying
amount of accrued interest payable approximates its fair value.

      Short-term  borrowings:  The  carrying  amounts of  securities  sold under
      agreements to repurchase and other short-term borrowings approximate their
      fair values.

      Long-term  debt:  The  fair  value  of  long-term  debt  is  equal  to the
      outstanding  principal  amount because the interest rate is variable based
      on current interest rates and on the expected ability of the Company to be
      able to borrow  additional funds at the same rate and terms of the present
      existing debt.

      Loan commitments and letters of credit: The fair value of loan commitments
      and letters of credit is equivalent to their  recorded  carrying  value of
      zero.

Accounting for mortgage servicing rights:  Financial  Accounting Standards Board
Statement No. 122, Accounting for Mortgage Servicing Rights, (FASB 122) requires
banks to  recognize  as separate  assets  rights to service  mortgage  loans for
others,  however those servicing  rights are acquired.  If the Company  acquires
mortgage servicing rights through either the purchase or origination of mortgage
loans and sells or securitizes  those loans with servicing rights retained,  the
Company  should  allocate  the  total  cost of the  mortgage  loans to  mortgage
servicing rights and the loans (without the mortgage  servicing rights) based on
their relative fair values. The mortgage servicing rights should be amortized in
proportion to and over the period of estimated net servicing income.

The  Company  will be  required  to adopt  FASB 122 for the fiscal  year  ending
December 31, 1996. The Company believes the adoption of FASB 122 will not have a
material effect on the financial statements.

Reclassifications: Certain amounts included in the consolidated balance sheet at
December  31,  1994 have  been  retroactively  reclassified  to  conform  to the
presentations adopted for December 31, 1995.


Note 2.  Acquisition

On October 31, 1994 the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding shares of Plano
Bancshares,  Inc. for $10,737,000 paid through issuing  $3,776,000 of debentures
plus cash of $6,961,000.  The excess of acquisition  cost over the fair value of
net assets acquired was $7,574,000.

The  acquisition  has been  accounted  for as a  purchase  with the  results  of
operations of Plano Bancshares,  Inc. since October 31, 1994 are included in the
consolidated  financial statements.  Unaudited proforma  consolidated  financial
operations  for the years  ended  December  31,  1994 and 1993 as  though  Plano
Bancshares, Inc. had been acquired as of January 1, 1993 follow:
                                                                                

                                                              1994        1993
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Net interest income .................                       $ 27,878    $ 26,737
Net income ..........................                          7,125       7,203
Earnings per common share ...........                           5.86        5.92

The above amounts  reflect  adjustments  for  amortization  and  depreciation on
revalued purchased assets, interest expense on long-term debt and income taxes.


Note 3.  Intangibles

Intangibles consist of goodwill, net of accumulated amortization,  of $8,125,000
and $8,748,000 as of December 31, 1995 and 1994,  respectively  and core deposit
intangible, net of accumulated amortization,  of $3,455,000 and $3,902,000 as of
December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively.


<PAGE>


Note 4.  Securities

The amortized cost and fair values of securities  available for sale and held to
maturity at December 31, 1995 are as follows:

<TABLE>
                                                                               Gross      Gross
                                                                  Amortized  Unrealized Unrealized    Fair
                                                                    Cost       Gains     (Losses)     Value
                                                                  ------------------------------------------
<S>                                                               <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>

Available for Sale:
   U.S. Treasury securities ..................................    $ 12,638   $      70   $   (65)   $ 12,643
   U.S. government agencies ..................................       4,549           1      (156)      4,394
   Other .....................................................         300           0         0         300
                                                                  ------------------------------------------
                                                                  $ 17,487   $      71   $  (221)   $ 17,337
                                                                  ==========================================

Held to Maturity:
   U.S. Treasury securities ..................................    $ 40,968   $     252   $  (144)   $ 41,076
   U.S. government agencies ..................................     106,661         896      (401)    107,156
   Obligations of state and political
      subdivisions ...........................................      37,745       1,350       (58)     39,037
                                                                  ------------------------------------------
                                                                  $185,374   $   2,498   $  (603)   $187,269
                                                                  ==========================================
</TABLE>
During December 1995, the Company made a one time transfer of certain securities
from held to maturity to available for sale, as allowed by FASB Statement 115.

The amortized cost and fair value of securities held to maturity at December 31,
1994 are as follows:

<TABLE>
                                                                               Gross      Gross
                                                                  Amortized  Unrealized Unrealized    Fair
                                                                    Cost       Gains     (Losses)     Value
                                                                  ------------------------------------------
<S>                                                               <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>
U.S. Treasury securities ....................................     $ 42,437   $     9     $ (1,804)  $ 40,642
U.S. government agencies ....................................      104,144        58       (3,729)   100,473
Obligations of state and political 
   subdivisions .............................................       42,638       669         (871)    42,436
Corporate and other securities ..............................          655         1           (2)       654
                                                                  ------------------------------------------

                                                                  $189,874   $   737     $ (6,406)  $184,205
                                                                  ==========================================
</TABLE>

The  amortized  cost and fair value of  securities  as of December 31, 1995,  by
earliest  contractual  maturity  date,  are shown below.  Actual  maturities may
differ from the maturities presented because borrowers may, or may not, exercise
the rights to call or prepay their obligations.

<TABLE>
                                                               Available For Sale     Held to Maturity
                                                               ------------------    ------------------
                                                                Amortized   Fair     Amortized   Fair
                                                                  Cost     Value       Cost      Value
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                             <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>
Due in one year or less .................................       $ 4,808   $ 4,777    $103,810  $104,160
Due after one year through
   five years ...........................................        11,879    11,835      66,404    67,531
Due after five years through
   ten years ............................................           500       425      13,980    14,413
Due after ten years .....................................           300       300       1,180     1,165
                                                               ----------------------------------------
                                                               $ 17,487   $17,337    $185,374  $187,269
                                                               ========================================
</TABLE>
<PAGE>


Securities with a carrying value of approximately  $122,000,000 and $110,000,000
at  December  31, 1995 and 1994,  respectively,  were  pledged to secure  public
deposits,  securities sold under agreements to repurchase and for other purposes
required or permitted by law.

Securities  called before their  contractual  maturity date resulted in gains of
$309,000 during the year ended December 31, 1995.


Note 5.  Loans

The subsidiary banks make loans to both individuals and commercial entities in a
wide  variety of  industries.  Loan terms vary as to  interest  rate,  repayment
period and collateral  requirements  based on the type of loan requested and the
credit  worthiness  of  the  prospective  borrower.  Credit  risk  tends  to  be
geographically  concentrated  in that the  majority  of the loan  customers  are
located in the markets served by the subsidiary banks.

Loans on which the accrual of interest has been discontinued or reduced amounted
to $169,000  and  $1,084,000  at December  31, 1995 and 1994,  respectively.  If
interest  on  non-accrual  loans  had  been  accrued,  such  income  would  have
approximated $10,000, $88,000 and $72,000 for 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.
There was no interest income received on nonaccrual  loans during the year ended
December 31, 1994.  There was $4,000 and $4,800 of interest  income  received on
non-accrual   loans  during  the  years  ended   December  31,  1995  and  1993,
respectively.

There were no impaired loans at December 31, 1995.

Changes in the allowance for loan losses were as follows:


                                                       1995    1994    1993
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Balance, beginning of year ........................   $3,082  $2,722  $2,649
   Addition with purchase of Plano 
     Bancshares, Inc...............................        0     303       0
   Provision charged to operations ................    1,191     830     687
   Loans charged off ..............................     (646)   (950)   (776)
   Recoveries .....................................      304     177     162
                                                      ----------------------
Balance, end of year ..............................   $3,931  $3,082  $2,722
                                                      ======================

At December 31, 1995 and 1994, certain officers and directors,  and companies in
which they have management or beneficial  ownership,  were indebted to the Banks
in the  aggregate  amount of $4,968,000  and  $4,782,000,  respectively.  In the
opinion of management,  these loans have similar terms to other customer  loans.
An analysis of the  aggregate  changes in these loans during 1995 and 1994 is as
follows:

                                                         1995       1994
                                                       -------    -------

Balance, beginning of year ............                $ 4,782    $ 4,630
   Loans ..............................                  4,901      5,924
   Principal repayments ...............                 (4,715)    (5,772)
                                                       -------    -------
Balance, end of year ..................                $ 4,968    $ 4,782
                                                       =======    =======

<PAGE>

Note 6.  Premises and Equipment

Major classifications of these assets are summarized as follows:

                                                               December 31,
                                                           -------------------
                                                              1995      1994
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 

Land and land improvement ..............                   $  3,926   $  3,668
Buildings ..............................                     13,285     12,249
Equipment ..............................                      8,111      7,198
                                                           -------------------
                                                             25,322     23,115
Accumulated depreciation ...............                     (9,743)    (8,455)
                                                           -------------------
                                                           $ 15,579   $ 14,660
                                                           ===================

Total depreciation  expense for years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993 was
$1,288,000, $984,000 and $856,000, respectively.


Note 7.  Employee Benefit Plans

The amount charged to expense for the Company's  pension plan totaled  $314,000,
$311,000  and $301,000  for the years ended  December  31, 1995,  1994 and 1993,
respectively.  The  components  of the pension cost charged to expense each year
consisted of the following:
                                       
                                                        1995     1994    1993
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Service cost ......................................    $  272  $   240 $    226
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation .....       341      370      363
Actual (return) loss on plan assets ...............      (621)      62     (478)
Net amortization and deferral .....................       322     (361)     190
                                                       -------------------------
                                                       $  314  $   311 $    301
                                                       ========================

The following  table sets forth the plan's funding status as of October 31, 1995
and 1994, and the amount  recognized in the  accompanying  consolidated  balance
sheets as of December 31, 1995 and 1994:

                                                             1995        1994
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Actuarial present value of benefit obligations:
   Vested benefits .................................      $    3,135 $    2,737
                                                          =====================
   Accumulated benefits ............................      $    3,217 $    2,793
                                                          =====================

Projected benefits .................................      $    5,138 $    4,490
Plan assets at fair value ..........................           4,628      3,614
                                                          ---------------------

Plan assets (less than) projected benefit obligation            (510)      (876)
Unrecognized net loss ..............................           1,165      1,131
Unrecognized prior service cost ....................             (19)       265
Unrecognized net transition asset ..................            (591)      (623)
                                                          ---------------------
Prepaid (accrued) pension asset  (liability) .......      $       45 $     (103)
                                                          =====================

<PAGE>


Assumptions used by the Company in the determination of pension plan information
consisted of the following as of October 31, 1995 and 1994:

                                                                1995       1994
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Discount rate ............................................       7.5%       8.3%
Rate of increase in compensation level ...................       4.5        4.5
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets .........       8.0        8.0

Plan  assets  consist  primarily  of  investments  in  common  stocks  and  U.S.
Government  securities.  Plan assets  include common stock of the Company with a
market   value  of  $665,000   and  $544,000  at  October  31,  1995  and  1994,
respectively.

Additionally,  the Company has a defined contribution 401(k) plan. Substantially
all the Banks'  employees  are  covered  under the plan.  Participants  make tax
deferred  contributions.  The Banks make matching  contributions equal to 50% of
each  participant's  contribution  up to the  first 6% of  compensation  that is
deferred.  Contributions  by the Banks to the  401(k)  plan for the years  ended
December  31,  1995,  1994  and  1993  were  $147,000,  $121,000  and  $108,000,
respectively.


Note 8.  Income Tax Matters

Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)  consist of the following components as of
December 31, 1995 and 1994:

                                                          1995        1994
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Deferred tax assets:
   Securities available for sale ..........             $    51     $     0
   Allowance for loan losses ..............               1,503       1,112
   Deferred loan fees .....................                  88         481
   Other ..................................                 184         220
                                                        -------------------
                                                          1,826       1,813
                                                        -------------------
Deferred tax liabilities:
   Premises and equipment .................               1,278       1,263
   Intangibles ............................               1,197       1,407
   Other ..................................                  82         115
                                                        -------------------
                                                          2,557       2,785
                                                        -------------------
   Net deferred tax (liabilities) .........             $  (731)    $  (972)
                                                        ===================

Net deferred tax  liabilities  of $731,000 and $972,000 at December 31, 1995 and
1994 are  included  in accrued  interest  and other  liabilities.  No  valuation
allowance was considered necessary.

The components of income tax expense are as follows:

                                                   Year Ended December 31,
                                               ------------------------------
                                                  1995       1994      1993
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Currently paid or payable:
   Federal ............................        $    3,622 $   3,136 $   3,017
   State ..............................               322       351       293
Deferred ..............................              (190)     (214)     (227)
                                               ------------------------------
                                               $    3,754 $   3,273 $   3,083
                                               ==============================

<PAGE>


The income tax effect of the  temporary  differences  on each of the years ended
December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993 is as follows:
                                                                             
                                                       1995     1994    1993
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Depreciation basis and methods .................      $    15 $   (65) $   74
Interest and loan fee income ...................          393     (29)    (64)
Provision for loan losses ......................         (391)   (239)   (234)
Intangible amortization ........................         (210)      0       0
Other items, net ...............................            3     119      (3)
                                                      -----------------------
                                                      $  (190) $ (214) $ (227)
                                                      =======================

The  reconciliation  of the statutory income tax to income taxes included in the
consolidated  statements of income for the years ended  December 31, 1995,  1994
and 1993 is as follows:

<TABLE>
                                                            1995                          1994                         1993
                                                  -----------------------       -----------------------       ----------------------
                                                   Amount             %          Amount             %         Amount            %
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                               <C>              <C>          <C>               <C>         <C>             <C>
Income tax at statutory rate .............        $ 4,188           35.0%       $ 3,773           35.0%       $ 3,553          34.0%
Increase (decrease) resulting
   from:
   State income taxes net of
      federal income tax
      benefit ............................            199            1.7            239            2.2            193           1.8
   Tax-exempt income .....................           (828)          (6.9)          (891)          (8.3)          (908)         (8.7)
   Goodwill amortization .................            195            1.6            173            1.6            159           1.5
   Nondeductible interest
      expense ............................             84            0.7             72            0.7             70           0.7
   Other items, net ......................            (84)          (0.7)           (93)          (0.8)            16           0.2
                                                  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  $ 3,754           31.4        $ 3,273           30.4        $ 3,083          29.5
                                                  ==================================================================================
</TABLE>
Note 9.  Short-Term Borrowings

Short-term   borrowings  consisting  of  securities  sold  under  agreements  to
repurchase and U.S. Treasury note accounts are as follows at December 31 of each
year:

                                             1995        1994       1993
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------

End of year:
   Outstanding balance .................   $ 64,771    $ 59,614  $ 78,037
   Weighted average interest rate             5.40%       5.31%     2.88%
During the year:
   Average outstanding balance .........     74,552      69,647    66,210
   Maximum outstanding balance .........     92,986      80,379    79,441
   Weighted average interest rate             5.65%       3.77%     2.95%


Note 10.  Long-Term Debt

The  Company  has a term  note  payable  to  another  financial  institution  of
$3,425,000 which accrues interest at the London Interbank  Offered Rate plus 175
basis points  (7.703% at December 31,  1995) and  requires  quarterly  principal
payments of $125,000  plus  interest  until  October  1999,  when the  remaining
principal is due. The note is unsecured.

<PAGE>


The Company also has a term note  payable to another  financial  institution  of
$500,000  which accrues  interest at the national  prime  interest rate (8.5% at
December 31, 1995) and requires semi-annual  principal payments of $125,000 plus
interest. All the outstanding common stock of the Bank of Lockport is pledged as
collateral on the note.

The Company has debentures payable of $3,776,000 to certain former  stockholders
of Plano Bancshares,  Inc. The debentures require semi-annual  interest payments
at  the  national  prime  interest  rate  and  require  that  one-third  of  the
outstanding  principal  be paid  annually  October  1997,  1998  and  1999.  The
debentures are unsecured.

Aggregate maturities of the note and debentures payable are due as follows:

Year Ending                                              Notes        Debentures
December 31,                                            Payable         Payable
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1996                                                  $  750,000      $        0
1997                                                     750,000       1,259,000
1998                                                     500,000       1,259,000
1999                                                   1,925,000       1,258,000
                                                      ----------      ----------
                                                      $3,925,000      $3,776,000
                                                      ==========      ==========

Note 11.  Financial Instruments With Off-Balance-Sheet Risk

The Banks are a party to financial  instruments with  off-balance-sheet  risk in
the normal  course of business to meet the financing  needs of their  customers.
These  financial  instruments  include  commitments to extend credit and standby
letters of credit, which to varying degrees,  involve elements of credit risk in
excess of the amount recognized in the balance sheet.

The  Banks'  exposure  to  credit  loss in the  event of  nonperformance  by the
customer  on  commitments  to extend  credit  and  standby  letters of credit is
represented by the contractual  amount of those  instruments.  The Banks use the
same credit policies in making  commitments  and conditional  obligations as for
on-balance-sheet instruments.

A summary of the contract  amounts of the Banks'  exposure to  off-balance-sheet
risk as of December 31, 1995 and 1994 is as follows:

                                                         1995           1994
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Financial instruments whose contract 
   amount represents credit risk:
   Firm loan commitments                               $ 81,272       $ 55,700
   Standby letters of credit                             16,000         14,956

Commitments  to extend  credit are  agreements  to lend to a customer as long as
there is no violation of any condition  established  in the contract.  Firm loan
commitments  include  approximately  $12,900,000  and  $9,800,000 of unused home
equity  and  credit  card  lines of credit  as of  December  31,  1995 and 1994,
respectively.  Commitments  generally  have  fixed  expiration  dates  or  other
termination  clauses  and  may  require  payment  of a fee.  Since  many  of the
commitments  are expected to expire  without  being drawn upon,  the  commitment
amounts  do not  necessarily  represent  future  cash  requirements.  The  Banks
evaluate each customer's credit  worthiness on a case-by-case  basis. The amount
of  collateral  obtained  is  based on  management's  credit  evaluation  of the
customer.

Standby  letters of credit  written are  conditional  commitments  issued by the
Banks to  guarantee  the  performance  of a  customer  to a third  party.  Those
guarantees  are  primarily  issued  to  support  public  and  private  borrowing
arrangements,   including   commercial  paper,   bond  financing,   and  similar
transactions.  The  credit  risk  involved  in  issuing  letters  of  credit  is
essentially  the  same  as  that  involved  in  extending  loan  commitments  to
customers.  The extent of collateral held for those commitments  varies with the
average  amount  collateralized  being 71% and 83% as of  December  31, 1995 and
1994, respectively.

<PAGE>


Note 12.  Regulatory Restrictions

The Banks are required by law to maintain non-interest earning deposits with the
Federal Reserve Bank or correspondent banks. The average reserve balance for the
year ended December 31, 1995 was $1,786,000.

The Banks are also limited in the amount of  dividends  that can be paid without
prior approval of the banking regulatory agencies.  In 1996, the Banks could pay
dividends  to the Company of as much as  $9,116,000  plus their net  earnings in
1996, without obtaining prior approval of the bank regulatory agencies.

The Banks are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by
the federal banking agencies.  Failure to meet minimum capital  requirements can
initiate certain mandatory actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have
a direct material effect on the Company's financial statements. Shown below is a
comparison of the Company's actual regulatory  capital ratios as of December 31,
1995, with minimum  requirements  as defined by regulation for capital  adequacy
purposes and to be considered "well capitalized" under the regulatory  framework
for prompt corrective action.

                                                        Regulatory Requirements
                                                        ------------------------
                                          1995            Capital       Well
                                          Actual          Adequacy   Capitalized
                                          --------------------------------------

Tier 1 risk-based capital                  12.11%            4%           6%
Total risk-based capital                   12.96             8           10
Leverage ratio                              7.56             3            5


Note 13.  Fair Value of Financial Instruments and Interest Rate Risks

The estimated fair value of financial instruments is as follows:

<TABLE>
                                                                         1995                          1994
                                                               -------------------------      ------------------------
                                                                Carrying                      Carrying
                                                                 Amount       Fair Value       Amount       Fair Value 
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                            <C>            <C>             <C>             <C>
Financial Assets
   Cash and due from banks ..............................      $  42,979      $  42,979       $ 42,832       $ 42,832
   Interest bearing deposits in other
      financial institutions ............................              0              0          4,198          4,198
   Securities available for sale ........................         17,337         17,337              0              0
   Securities held to maturity ..........................        185,374        187,269        189,874        184,205
   Federal funds sold ...................................         41,537         41,537              0              0
   Loans ................................................        427,917        427,836        418,918        411,427
   Accrued interest receivable ..........................          6,138          6,138          5,842          5,842

Financial Liabilities
   Deposits .............................................        605,137        606,203        556,162        555,719
   Short-term borrowings ................................         64,771         64,771         59,614         59,614
   Long-term debt .......................................          7,701          7,701          8,326          8,326
   Accrued interest payable .............................          3,379          3,379          2,061          2,061
Off-balance-sheet instruments, loan commitments and
   standby letters of credit ............................              0              0              0              0

</TABLE>
<PAGE>


The Company  assumes  interest  rate risk (the risk that general  interest  rate
levels  will  change) as a result of its normal  operations.  As a result,  fair
values of the  Company's  financial  instruments  will change when interest rate
levels  change and that change may be either  favorable  or  unfavorable  to the
Company.  Management  attempts to match  maturities of assets and liabilities to
the extent believed necessary to minimize interest rate risk. However, borrowers
with  fixed  rate  obligations  are more  likely  to  prepay  in a  rising  rate
environment and less likely to repay in a falling rate environment.  Conversely,
depositors  who are  receiving  fixed rates are more  likely to  withdraw  funds
before  maturity  in a rising  rate  environment  and less  likely to do so in a
falling rate environment. Management monitors rates and maturities of assets and
liabilities  and attempts to minimize  interest rate risk by adjusting  terms of
new loans and deposits and by investing in  securities  with terms that mitigate
the Company's overall interest rate risk.


Note 14.  Condensed Parent Company Financial Information

The condensed  financial  statements of First  National  Bancorp,  Inc.  (parent
company only) are presented below:

                               Balance Sheets

Assets                                                   1995     1994
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------

Cash ................................................  $   291   $   315
Investments in subsidiaries .........................   74,124    69,971
Premises ............................................      106       106
Other assets ........................................       37        40
                                                       -----------------
           Total assets .............................  $74,558   $70,432
                                                       -----------------
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
Liabilities:
   Long-term debt ...................................  $ 7,701   $ 8,326
   Other liabilities ................................      432       449
Stockholders' Equity ................................   66,425    61,657
                                                       -----------------
           Total liabilities and stockholders' equity  $74,558   $70,432 
                                                       =================

                  Statements of Income

                                                        Years Ended December 31,
                                                       -------------------------
                                                        1995     1994     1993
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Dividends from subsidiaries .................          $4,649   $5,019   $6,876
Interest and other expenses .................           1,126      394      176
                                                       ------------------------
           Income before income tax credits
              and equity in undistributed net
              income of subsidiaries ........           3,523    4,625    6,700
Income tax credits ..........................            (436)     (92)     (68)
                                                       ------------------------
           Income before equity in
              undistributed net income of
              subsidiaries ..................           3,959    4,717    6,768
Equity in undistributed net income of
   subsidiaries .............................           4,252    2,790      598
                                                       ------------------------
           Net income .......................          $8,211   $7,507   $7,366
                                                       ========================
<PAGE>


                            Statements of Cash Flows

<TABLE>

                                                                       Years Ended December 31,
                                                                      -------------------------
                                                                       1995      1994      1993
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                   <C>       <C>       <C>

Cash Flows From Operating Activities
   Net income ...................................................     $8,211    $7,507    $7,366
   Adjustments to reconcile net income to
      net cash provided by operating
      activities:
      Undistributed (earnings) of subsidiaries ..................     (4,252)   (2,790)     (598)
      Change in other assets and other
        liabilities .............................................        (14)        9         0
                                                                      --------------------------
           Net cash provided by operating
               activities .......................................      3,945     4,726     6,768
                                                                      --------------------------

Cash Flows From Investing Activities,
   purchase of Plano Bancshares, Inc.,
   net cash (used in) investing activities ......................          0    (6,961)        0
                                                                      --------------------------

Cash Flows From Financing Activities
   Proceeds from long-term debt .................................          0     3,800         0
   Principal payments on long-term debt .........................       (625)     (250)   (1,625)
   Cash dividends paid ..........................................     (3,344)   (3,258)   (3,042)
   Cash paid in lieu of fractional shares .......................          0       (34)        0
                                                                      --------------------------
           Net cash provided by (used in)
               financing activities .............................     (3,969)      258    (4,667)
                                                                     ---------------------------

           Net increase (decrease) in cash ......................        (24)   (1,977)    2,101

Cash:
   Beginning ....................................................        315     2,292       191
                                                                     ---------------------------

   Ending .......................................................    $   291    $  315    $2,292
                                                                     ===========================

</TABLE>


<PAGE>

Supplementary Data

              Quarterly Financial Information 1995-1994 (Unaudited)

<TABLE>

                                                   1995                              1994
                                     -------------------------------- ---------------------------------
In thousands except per share data     4th      3rd     2nd     1st      4th     3rd      2nd     1st
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                  <C>      <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>      <C>     <C>      <C>

Net interest income                  $ 7,281 $  7,390 $ 7,147 $ 7,633 $  6,975 $ 6,490 $  6,578 $ 6,269
Provision for losses                     354      279     279     279      269     262      178     121
Total noninterest revenue              1,326    1,430   1,294   1,074    1,048     923      942     925
Total noninterest expense              6,734    4,871   5,111   4,703    6,292   4,279    4,068   3,901
                                     -------------------------------------------------------------------

Income before income tax expense       1,519    3,670   3,051   3,725    1,462   2,872    3,274   3,172
Income tax expense                       418    1,188     928   1,220      421     829    1,039     984
                                     -------------------------------------------------------------------

Net income                           $ 1,101 $  2,482 $ 2,123 $ 2,505 $  1,041 $ 2,043 $  2,235 $ 2,188
                                     -------------------------------------------------------------------

Net income per common share          $  0.90 $   2.04 $  1.75 $  2.06 $   0.85 $  1.68 $   1.84 $  1.80
                                     -------------------------------------------------------------------
Average common shares and
   equivalents outstanding             1,216    1,216   1,216   1,216    1,216   1,216    1,216   1,216
</TABLE>


Income  for the  fourth  quarter  of 1995 and 1994 is less than the first  three
quarters  due to  discretionary  contributions,  pension and other  compensation
expenses.

               Stock-Price Range, Dividends 1995-1994 (Unaudited)


<TABLE>
                                                  1995                              1994
                                     -------------------------------- ---------------------------------
                                       4th    3rd      2nd      1st     4th     3rd      2nd      1st
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                  <C>     <C>     <C>      <C>     <C>      <C>     <C>      <C>

Common stock (1):
Price Range
   High                              $    77 $    76 $     73 $    71 $     64 $    63 $     60 $    58
   Low                                    76      73       71      69       63      60       58      57
Cash dividends declared per share               1.50             1.25             1.25             1.43

<FN>

(1)  Adjusted to reflect 7 for 5 stock split in 1994.
</FN>
</TABLE>




<PAGE>


Interest differential

The  following  table  sets  forth the change in  interest  income and  interest
expense attributable to rate and volume variances.  These calculations have been
made on the basis that loan fees are not  material  and have been  included  and
that there are no out of period  adjustments.  The interest earned is assumed to
be on a tax equivalent  basis using an income tax rate of 35%. Changes in income
due to volume have been calculated by multiplying the change in volume times the
average  rate for the  preceding  year.  The changes in income due to changes in
rate have been determined by multiplying current volume by the change in average
rate.

<TABLE>

                                                  1995 Compared to 1994           1994 Compared to 1993
                                               -----------------------------   ---------------------------
                                                       Changes Due to:               Changes Due to:
                                               -----------------------------   ---------------------------
                                                Volume     Rate      Change    Volume     Rate     Change
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                             <C>      <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>

Interest earned on:

Deposits in other financial institutions       $   (212) $       1 $     (211) $   (595) $      8 $   (587)
Securities:
   Taxable                                           (8)     1,259      1,251       507     (854)     (347)
   Tax-exempt                                      (281)      (11)      (292)       (8)     (194)     (202)
Federal funds sold                                 1,239     1,002      2,241     (816)       117     (699)
Loans                                              4,533     2,909      7,442     5,952   (1,982)     3,970
                                               -------------------------------------------------------------

Total interest income                              5,271     5,160     10,431     5,040   (2,905)     2,135
                                               -------------------------------------------------------------

Interest expense on:

Deposits
   Demand                                            187       160        347       106     (188)      (82)
   Savings                                            32        62         94       182     (441)     (259)
   Time                                            2,252     2,555      4,807       366       273       639
Short-term borrowings                                185     1,401      1,586       101       568       669
Long-term debt                                       410       112        522        32      (11)        21
                                               -------------------------------------------------------------

Total interest expense                             3,066     4,290      7,356       787       201       988
                                               -------------------------------------------------------------

Net interest income                            $   2,205 $     870 $    3,075 $   4,253 $ (3,106) $   1,147
                                               ============================================================

</TABLE>

Securities

The following table shows the carrying value of the securities of the Company by
category at year end for the past three years.

<TABLE>


                                                                       1995       1994      1993 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                  <C>        <C>       <C>


U.S. Treasury securities .........................................   $ 53,611   $ 42,437  $ 62,677
U.S. government agencies .........................................    111,055    104,144    86,502
Obligations of states and political subdivisions .................     37,745     42,638    40,869
Corporate and other securities ...................................        300        655       824
                                                                     -----------------------------
                                                                     $202,711   $189,874  $190,872
                                                                     =============================
</TABLE>


At December 31, 1995, there were no concentrations of securities in any state or
local governmental unit.



<PAGE>


Securities Maturities

The following  table shows the relative  maturities of securities  available for
sale and held to maturity  (at book  value) held by the Company at December  31,
1995 and the weighted  average  interest rate for each range of maturities.  The
yields on tax-exempt  obligations  are stated on a fully  tax-equivalent  basis,
assuming a federal income tax rate of 35%.

<TABLE>

                                              Available for Sale                          Held to Maturity
                                ------------------------------------------  --------------------------------------------
                                                                  Weighted                         Obligations  Weighted
                                   U.S.       U.S.                Average      U.S.        U.S.     of State    Average
                                 Treasury  Government    Other    Interest   Treasury   Government     and      Interest
                                Securities  Agencies   Securities  Rate     Securities   Agencies  Subdivision    Rate
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                             <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>       <C>         <C>        <C>            <C>

Under 1 year .................    $ 4,286    $  491       $    0     4.90%   $20,480     $ 77,612    $ 5,718      6.56%
1 to 5 years .................      8,357     3,478            0     5.59     20,488       27,481     18,435      7.01
5 to 10 years ................          0       425            0     3.49          0          488     13,492      8.50
Over 10 years ................          0         0          300     6.00          0        1,080        100      6.86
                                  ------------------------------             -------------------------------
      Total ..................    $12,643    $4,394       $  300             $40,968     $106,661    $37,745
                                  ==============================             ===============================

</TABLE>

Types of Loans

Set forth below are major categories of the Company's loan portfolio at December
31:
<TABLE>


                                                   1995       1994      1993      1992      1991
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                              <C>        <C>        <C>      <C>       <C>


Commercial .................................     $ 79,967   $ 91,120  $ 82,942  $ 73,375  $ 62,029
Agricultural ...............................        8,815      8,485     6,907     6,319     6,184
Real estate, mortgage ......................      210,631    184,795   126,208   110,852   126,829
Consumer ...................................      134,344    141,611   126,273   115,438   116,790
                                                 -------------------------------------------------
Total Gross* ...............................      433,757    426,011   342,330   305,984   311,832

Less:
   Unearned discount .......................       (1,909)    (4,011)   (6,365)   (7,525)   (8,555)
   Allowance for loan losses ...............       (3,931)    (3,082)   (2,722)   (2,649)   (1,915)
                                                 -------------------------------------------------
Net loans ..................................     $427,917   $418,918  $333,243  $295,810  $301,362
                                                 =================================================

Ratio of net loans to total assets .........       57.06%     60.48%    52.75%    49.80%    54.43%

<FN>

*  During 1995 the Company changed its method of classifying  loans.  The change
   has been retroactively applied to this schedule.
</FN>
</TABLE>


<PAGE>


Loan Maturity and Rate Sensitivity

The following sets forth the maturity  distribution and interest  sensitivity of
commercial and agricultural loans at December 31, 1995.
<TABLE>


                                                             One Year   One to      Over
                                                              Or Less  Five Years Five Years      Total
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------                
<S>                                                           <C>       <C>       <C>           <C>

Commercial & Agricultural .................................   $ 67,377 $   18,059 $    3,346
                                                              ==============================

Interest rate sensitivity:
   Fixed rate .............................................   $ 25,299 $   17,264 $   3,346    $  45,909
   Floating with prime ....................................     42,078        795         0       42,873
                                                              ------------------------------------------
                                                              $ 67,377 $   18,059 $   3,346    $  88,782
                                                              ==========================================
</TABLE>


Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses

The following  table sets forth the  allocation  of the Company's  allowance for
loan  losses and percent of each  category to the Gross Loans less any  Unearned
Discount for the period shown.  The consumer loan allowance has increased due to
an increase of  approximately  $2,091,000 in credit card loans during 1995.  The
allowance  for loan  losses  is  available  to absorb  losses in any  particular
category of loans, notwithstanding management's allocation of the allowance.
<TABLE>



                                 1995            1994          1993            1992            1991
                            -------------- --------------- -------------  --------------- --------------
Loan Type                    Amount     %    Amount    %    Amount     %   Amount      %   Amount     %
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                         <C>       <C>  <C>        <C>  <C>       <C>  <C>        <C>  <C>      <C>

Commercial                  $    871    18 $     912    21 $    610    24 $     617    24 $    339    20
Agriculture                      150     2       186     2       69     2        67     2       29     2
Real estate, mortgage          1,645    49     1,029    43      946    37       891    36      634    41
Consumer                       1,265    31       956    34    1,038    37       993    38      635    37
Unallocated                                                      59              81            279
                            -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                       $  3,931   100 $   3,083   100 $  2,722   100 $   2,649   100 $  1,916   100
                            ============================================================================

</TABLE>

<PAGE>


Summary of Loan Loss Activity

The following table details the component changes in the Company's allowance for
loan losses for the past five years.

<TABLE>

                                                          1995         1994          1993         1992         1991  
                                                        --------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                     <C>            <C>          <C>            <C>         <C>

Allowance, beginning of year ....................       $3,082        $2,722        $2,649         $1,915       $1,646
                                                        --------------------------------------------------------------
Loans charged off:
   Commercial and agricultural ...................         (60)         (592)         (398)         (274)          (43)
   Real estate, mortgage .........................           0             0          (105)            0             0
   Consumer ......................................        (586)         (358)         (273)         (352)         (526)
                                                        --------------------------------------------------------------
Total loan charge offs ...........................        (646)         (950)         (776)         (626)         (569)
                                                        --------------------------------------------------------------
Loan recoveries:
   Commercial and agricultural ...................         145            21            15            54            21
   Real estate, mortgage .........................          10             0             0             0             0
   Consumer ......................................         149           156           147           153           136
                                                        --------------------------------------------------------------
Total loan recoveries ............................         304           177           162           207           157
                                                        --------------------------------------------------------------
Net loans charged off ............................        (342)         (773)         (614)         (419)         (412)
                                                        --------------------------------------------------------------
Provision for loan losses ........................       1,191           830           687         1,153           681
                                                        --------------------------------------------------------------
Other additions (1) ..............................           0           303             0             0             0
                                                        --------------------------------------------------------------
Allowance, end of year ...........................       3,931         3,082         2,722         2,649         1,915
                                                        ==============================================================

Net loans charged off to average
   loans outstanding .............................       0.08%         0.21%         0.20%         0.14%         0.14%

Allowance for loan losses to ending
   loans outstanding .............................       0.91%         0.73%         0.81%         0.89%         0.63%

<FN>

(1)     Represents increase with purchase of Plano Bancshares, Inc. in 1994.
</FN>
</TABLE>

Deposits

The  following  table  provides a  breakdown  by  category  of  deposits  of the
Company's  subsidiary banks on an average balance basis for the five years ended
December 31:


                              1995      1994      1993      1992      1991
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Noninterest bearing demand  $ 99,178  $ 90,994  $ 83,401  $ 77,833  $ 70,941
Interest bearing demand ..    99,827    91,237    86,818    89,423    85,139
Savings ..................   153,661   152,383   145,815   140,863   111,032
Time .....................   224,427   170,939   161,904   163,375   179,312
                            ------------------------------------------------

Total deposits ...........  $577,093  $505,553  $477,938  $471,494  $446,424
                            ================================================



<PAGE>



The following  shows the maturity  schedule and amounts for the  Company's  time
deposits of $100,000 or more at December 31, 1995.

Under 3 months                                     $ 15,672
3 to 12 months                                       13,346
Over 12 months                                        5,763
                                                   --------
                                                   $ 34,781
                                                   ========

Item  9.  Changes  in and  Disagreements  with  Accountants  on  Accounting  and
          Financial Disclosure Matters.

No  disclosure  on Form  8-K,  of a change of  accountants  or  disagreement  on
accounting  and  financial  disclosure  matters,  has occurred for the 24 months
prior to, or in months subsequent to, December 31, 1995.


PART III

Item 10.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant.

The  information  appearing on pages 2 through 4 of the Notice of Annual Meeting
of Stockholders and Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 11.  Executive Compensation.

The  information  appearing on pages 4 through 8 of the Notice of Annual Meeting
of Stockholders and Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.

The  information  appearing on pages 2 through 4 of the Notice of Annual Meeting
of Stockholders and Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.

The  information  appearing on pages 2 through 4 of the Notice of Annual Meeting
of Stockholders and Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

PART IV

Item 14.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K.

    1.  All schedules are omitted because they are not  applicable,  the data is
        not   significant,   or  the  required   information  is  shown  in  the
        Consolidated Financial Statements or Notes thereto.

    2.  Exhibits

          3.1a  Articles  of  Incorporation  of  First  National  Bancorp,  Inc.
                (incorporated  by  reference  to  Appendix  III of  Registration
                Statement Form S-4, File No. 0-15123, dated February 17, 1986.

          3.1b  Amendment to the Articles of  Incorporation  dated March 9, 1988
                (Incorporated  by reference to Part IV of Form 10-K for the year
                ended December 31, 1987, File No. 0-15123).

          3.2   By-laws  of  First  National  Bancorp,  Inc.   (incorporated  by
                reference  to Part IV of Form 10-K for the year  ended  December
                31, 1986, File No. 0-15123)

          4     Instruments defining rights of security holders (incorporated by
                reference to pages 31 through 33 of Registration  Statement Form
                S-4, File No. 0-15123, dated February 17, 1986.

          10.1a First   National  Bank  of  Joliet   Retirement   Plan  &  Trust
                (incorporated  by reference to Part IV of Form 10-K for the year
                ended December 31, 1986, File No. 0-15123)

<PAGE>


          10.1b First  National  Bank  of  Joliet  Retirement  Plan &  Trust  as
                Amended.

          10.3a First  National  Bancorp,  Inc.  401(k) plan,  (incorporated  by
                reference  to Part IV of Form 10-K for the year  ended  December
                31, 1993, File No. 0-15123).

          10.3b Amendment  of the First  National  Bancorp,  Inc.  401(K)  Plan,
                (incorporated  by reference to Part IV of Form 10-K for the year
                ended December 31, 1994, File No. 0-15123).

          10.4  First National Bancorp, Inc. Employees' Cafeteria Plan.

          11    Statement re: computation of per share earnings

          20    Notice of Annual  Shareholders  Meeting of First  National
                Bancorp, Inc.

          21    Subsidiaries of the Registrant

          27    Financial Data Schedule

(b)  Reports on Form 8-K

        No reports on Form 8-K were filed during the fourth quarter of 1995.


<PAGE>



                                   SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the  requirements  of Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  Act of
1934,  the  Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by
the  undersigned,  thereunto duly  authorized,  in the City of Joliet,  State of
Illinois, on this 14th day of March, 1996.

                                             FIRST NATIONAL BANCORP, INC.
                                                    (Registrant)



                                        By: /S/ Kevin T. Reardon
                                            -----------------------------------
                                            Kevin T. Reardon
                                            Chairman of the Board
                                            & Chief Executive Officer



                                        By: /s/ Albert G. D'Ottavio
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Albert G. D'Ottavio
                                            President & Director
                                            (Chief Financial Officer)
                                            Principal Accounting Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1934, this report has been
signed below on the 14th day of March,  1996 by the following  persons on behalf
of the registrant in the capacities indicated.

        Name                               Title


/s/ Kevin T. Reardon
- ------------------------------
                                   Chairman of the Board
                                   and
                                   Chief Executive Officer

/s/ Albert G. D'Ottavio
- ------------------------------
                                   President and Director
                                   (Chief Operating Officer)
                                   (Chief Financial Officer)

/s/ George H. Buck                 Director
- ------------------------------


/s/ Howard E. Reeves               Director
- ------------------------------



/s/ Charles R. Peyla               Director
- ------------------------------


/s/ Walter F. Nolan                Director
- ------------------------------


/s/ Louis R. Peyla                 Director
- ------------------------------












                         First National Bank of Joliet
                            Retirement Plan & Trust
                       (As Amended and Restated Effective
                               November 1, 1995)


<PAGE>
First National Bank of Joliet Retirement Plan & Trust
(As Amended and Restated Effective November 1, 1995)

Contents


Section                                                                     Page

    Article I. Establishment and Name of Plan 1.

    1.1 Establishment and Name of Plan                                         
    1.2 Purpose of Plan                                                        
    1.3 Provisions of Plan                                                     

    Article II. Definitions 

    2.1 Definitions                                                            
    2.2 Gender and Number                                                      

    Article III. Eligibility and Participation

    3.1 Eligibility and  Participation                                        
    3.2 Application for  Participation                                        
    3.3 Effective  Date of  Participation                                     
    3.4 Election not to Participate                                           
    3.5 Duration  of  Participation                                           
    3.6 Transferred  or  Rehired  Employees                                   
    3.7 Employee of Nonparticipating Affiliate Who Becomes a 
        Participant Following Break in Service                                

    Article IV. Service

    4.1 Hour of Service                                                       
    4.2 Eligibility Service                                                   
    4.3 Vesting Service                                                       
    4.4 Benefit  Service                                                      
    4.5 Break in Service                                                      
    4.6 One-Year Break in Service                                             
    4.7 Repayments                                                            
    4.8 No Duplication of Service                                             

    Article V.  Contribution  and Valuation 

    5.1 Payment of  Contributions                                             
    5.2 Actuarial Methods                                                     

    Article VI. Benefits

    6.1  Normal Retirement Benefits                                           
    6.2  Disability  Retirement Benefits                                      
    6.3  Deferred  Vested  Retirement  Benefits                               
    6.4  Limitation  of  Benefits                                             
    6.5  Distribution of Annuity Contract                                     
    6.6  Reemployment After Benefit  Commencement but  Prior  to  
         Normal   Retirement  Age                                             
    6.7  Reemployment   After  Benefit Commencement  and After  
         Attaining  Normal  Retirement  Age                                   
    6.8  Suspension of Benefits Notice and Procedures                         
    6.9  Distribution for Minor Beneficiary                                   
    6.10 Effect of Social Security Act                                        


<PAGE>

First National Bank of Joliet Retirement Plan & Trust
(As Amended and Restated Effective November 1, 1995)

Contents

Section                                                                     Page

    Article VII. Distribution

    7.1 Normal Form of Payment                                                
    7.2 Waiver of Normal  Form of Payment.                                    
    7.3 Optional  Forms of Payment                                            
    7.4 Payment  of Small  Amounts                                           
    7.5 Consent to Early Distribution                                        
    7.6 Direct Rollovers of Eligible Rollover Distributions                  
    7.7 Required  Distributions and Restrictions on Distributions             
    7.8 Withholding Taxes                                                     
    7.9 Notice of Address                                                     

    Article VIII. Preretirement Death Benefits

    8.1 Preretirement Death Benefits--Married  Participants                   
    8.2 Preretirement Death Benefit--Unmarried Participants                   

    Article IX. Beneficiary Designation 

    9.1 Beneficiary Designation 37

    Article X. Trustee

    10.1  General  Responsibilities  of  Trustee                              
    10.2  Investment  Powers and Duties of  Trustee                           
    10.3  Other  Powers of  Trustee                                           
    10.4  Duties of Trustee Regarding Payments                                
    10.5  Trustee's Compensation and Expenses and Taxes                       
    10.6  Annual  Report  of  Trustee                                         
    10.7  Audit                                                               
    10.8  Resignation,  Removal,  and Succession of Trustee                   
    10.9  Transfer of Interest                                                
    10.10 Nonreversion                                                        

    Article XI.  Appointment of Fiduciaries and  Administration  
                 of the Plan and the Trust Fund 

    11.1  Powers and  Responsibilities  of Company                            
    11.2  Assignment and Designation of Administrative Authority              
    11.3  Allocation and Delegation of Responsibilities                       
    11.4  Powers,  Duties, and  Responsibilities of Administrator             
    11.5  Records and Reports                                                 
    11.6  Appointment of Advisers                                             
    11.7  Information from  Employer                                          
    11.8  Payment of Expenses                                                 
    11.9  Majority  Actions                                                   
    11.10 Claims Procedure                                                    
    11.11 Claims Review Procedure                                             

    Article XII. Amendment and Termination 

    12.1 Amendment and Termination of the Plan                                
    12.2 Distribution on Termination                                          


<PAGE>


First National Bank of Joliet Retirement Plan & Trust
(As Amended and Restated Effective November 1, 1995)

Contents


Section                                                                     Page


    12.3 Merger or Consolidation or Transfer                                  
    12.4 Effect of Contingencies Affecting Company                            
    12.5 Amendment of Vesting Schedule                                        

    Article XIII. Temporary Restrictions on Benefits

    13.1  Temporary   Restrictions   on  Benefits   Payable  to  
          Certain  Highly Compensated Participants                            

    Article XIV.  Participation  in and Withdrawal  from the
                  Plan by an Employer

    14.1 Participation in the Plan                                            
    14.2 Withdrawal from the Plan                                             

    Article XV.  Miscellaneous  

    15.1   Member's  Rights                                                   
    15.2   Alienation                                                         
    15.3   Unclaimed  Amounts                                                 
    15.4   Construction  of Plan                                              
    15.5   Legal  Action                                                      
    15.6   Prohibition  Against  Diversion of Funds                           
    15.7   Bonding                                                            
    15.8   Company's  and Trustee's Protective Clause                         
    15.9   Insurer's Protective Clause                                        
    15.10  Receipt and Release for Payments                                   
    15.11  Action by Company                                                  
    15.12  Named  Fiduciaries and Allocation of Responsibility                
    15.13  Illegality of Particular  Provision                                
    15.14  Effect of Mistake                                                  
    15.15  Absence of Guaranty                                                
    15.16  Headings                                                           
    15.17  Uniformity                                                         

    Article XVI. Top-Heavy Provisions

    16.1 Top-Heavy Rules                                                      



<PAGE>


Article I. Establishment and Name of Plan

1.1 Establishment and Name of Plan

Effective November 1, 1963, First National Bank of Joliet (hereinafter  referred
to as the  "Company")  established  a  defined  benefit  pension  plan  for  the
exclusive benefit of its eligible  employees which, as last amended effective as
of  November  1,  1984,  has been known as the  "First  National  Bank of Joliet
Retirement Plan & Trust"  (hereinafter  referred to as the "Plan").  The Plan is
hereby further amended and restated as set forth herein effective as of November
1, 1995 (except as otherwise specifically provided).

1.2 Purpose of Plan

The  purpose  of  this  Plan  is  to  provide   payments  to  Members  of  their
Beneficiaries upon their retirement, death, or other separation from service.

1.3 Provisions of Plan

The  provisions  of this Plan shall apply only to Employees  who are eligible to
participate  in the Plan on or after  November  1,  1995.  Except  as  otherwise
specifically  provided herein, the November 1, 1995 amendment and restatement of
the Plan  shall not,  in any way,  affect  the  rights of former  Employees  who
retired or  otherwise  terminated  their  employment  with the Company  prior to
November 1, 1995.

Employees who retired with benefits  commencing prior to November 1, 1991 or who
separated from the employ of the Company prior to such date (or Beneficiaries of
such Employees), shall be entitled to the benefits, if any, under the Plan as it
existed immediately prior to such date. Except in the case of reemployment after
October  31,  1995,  the  benefits  under the  November  1, 1995  amendment  and
restatement  of the Plan shall not apply to  Employees  who retired or separated
from the employ of the Company  prior to November 1, 1995, or  beneficiaries  of
such Employees.


Article II. Definitions

2.1 Definitions

Whenever  used in the  Plan,  the  following  terms  shall  have the  respective
meanings set forth below unless otherwise  expressly  provided herein,  and when
the defined  meaning is intended,  the term shall be  capitalized.  

(a) "Accrued  Benefit" means the benefit payable under the Plan in the form of a
    ten-year  certain-and-life  annuity  upon a  Member's  attainment  of Normal
    Retirement Age, as determined under section 6.1.
(b) "Act" means the Employee  Retirement  Income Security Act of 1974, as it may
    be amended from time to time.
(c) "Actuarial Equivalent" means a form of benefit differing in time, period, or
    manner of payment from the normal form of benefit  provided  under the Plan,
    but having the same value as the  benefit  which such  Actuarial  Equivalent
    replaces.  The bases of an  Actuarial  Equivalent  shall be--
    (1) Actuarial  Assumptions.  Except as otherwise provided  hereinafter,  the
        Actuarial Equivalent shall be based on the 1984 Unisex Pension Mortality
        Table  applicable  on the date on which  benefits  under the Plan become
        payable and a 6 percent interest rate.
    (2) Lump  Sum  Distributions.  For  purposes  of  determining  lump sum cash
        distributions, the interest rate used shall be the lesser of--
        (A)the interest rate specified in (1) above, or
        (B)the immediate and deferred rates which would be used (as of the first
           day of the Plan Year of the  distribution)  by the  Pension  Benefit
           Guaranty  Corporation  for purposes of determining the present value
           of a lump sum distribution on termination of a defined benefit plan.
    (3) Maximum  Benefits.  For purposes of determining the limitation on annual
        benefits  pursuant to section 6.4,  the interest  rate used in Actuarial
        Equivalent shall be that as specified in such section.

<PAGE>

    Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  event  that  this  subsection  (c) is
    amended,  the Actuarial Equivalent of a Member's Accrued Benefit on or after
    the effective date of such  amendment  shall be the greater of the Actuarial
    Equivalent of the Member's  Accrued Benefit as of the effective date of such
    amendment,  computed  on the  prior  Actuarial  Equivalent  basis,  and  the
    Actuarial Equivalent of the Member's total Accrued Benefit,  computed on the
    new Actuarial Equivalent basis.

    (d) "Actuary"  means a person  (or a firm of which  he is a  member)  who is
        qualified  through  membership  in  the  Society  of  Actuaries  or  its
        successors,  who is an  "enrolled  actuary"  under  the Act,  and who is
        chosen by but is independent of the Company.  
    (e)"Administrator"  means the  person or entity  designated  by the  Company
        pursuant to section 11.2 to administer the Plan.
    (f) "Affiliate" means--
        (1) any corporation  other than the Company,  i.e.,  either a subsidiary
            corporation  or an  affiliated  or  associated  corporation  of  the
            Company,   which  together  with  the  Company  is  a  member  of  a
            "controlled  group of  corporations"  (as  defined  in Code  section
            1563(a),  determined  without regard to Code section  1563(a)(4) and
            Code section 1563(e)(3)(C));
        (2) any  organization  which  together with the Company is under "common
            control" (as defined in Code section 414(c));
        (3) any  organization  which together with the Company is an "affiliated
            service group" (as defined in Code section 414(m)); or
        (4) any other entity required to be aggregated with the Company pursuant
            to regulations under Code section 414(o).
    (g) "Annuity  Starting  Date"  means the first day of the first  period  for
        which a Member's normal or deferred vested retirement  benefit is due to
        commence under the terms of the Plan, as described in Article VI.
    (h) "Anniversary Date" means November 1.
    (i) "Average Monthly Compensation" means the average monthly Compensation of
        a Participant during the five consecutive complete Calendar Years within
        the  last  ten  consecutive   complete   calendar  years  preceding  his
        termination of employment as an Employee in which his  Compensation  was
        the highest.

        If a Participant  completes fewer than five complete calendar years from
        his date of employment to his date of  termination  as an Employee,  his
        Average Monthly  Compensation shall mean his monthly Compensation during
        his  months  of  Service  from  his  date of  employment  to his date of
        termination.

        In computing a Participant's Average Monthly Compensation,  Compensation
        subsequent to a Participant's  termination of  participation in the Plan
        shall not be recognized.
    (j) "Beneficiary"  means the person  designated  pursuant  to section 9.1 to
        receive the  benefits  which are payable  under the Plan upon or after a
        Member's death.
    (k) "Benefit  Service"  means  a  period  of  service  for  benefit  accrual
        purposes, as described in section 4.4.
    (l) "Break in  Service"  means an  absence  from  employment,  as defined in
        section 4.5.
    (m) "Code"  means the Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as it may be amended
        from time to time.
    (n) "Company"  means the First National Bank of Joliet,  a corporation  with
        its principal offices in the State of Illinois,  and any successor which
        may maintain this Plan and any  predecessor  which has  maintained  this
        Plan.
<PAGE>

    (o) "Compensation" means--
        (1) the total  compensation  paid to a Participant by the Employer for a
            Calendar Year,  including  regular  salary and wages,  overtime pay,
            bonuses, and commissions, and
        (2) any amounts  contributed on a  Participant's  behalf under a cash or
            deferred   arrangement  that  is  maintained  by  the  Employer  and
            qualified  under Code section  401(k) or a payroll  deduction  under
            Code section 125.

        Any amounts  contributed by the Employer to this Plan and any nontaxable
        fringe  benefits  provided to a Participant by the Employer shall be not
        be included in a Participant's Compensation.

        Effective  November 1, 1994, the  Compensation of each  Participant that
        may be taken into account under  paragraphs  (1) and (2) above shall not
        exceed the first $150,000 of a Participant's  Compensation  (as adjusted
        by the  Secretary of the  Treasury  under Code  section  401(a)(17)  and
        415(d)).

        Effective  November 1, 1989, the  Compensation of each  Participant that
        may be taken into account under  paragraphs  (1) and (2) above shall not
        exceed the first $200,000 of a Participant's  Compensation  (as adjusted
        by the  Secretary of the Treasury  under Code  sections  401(a)(17)  and
        415(d)).

        In determining  the  Compensation  of a Participant  for purposes of the
        aforementioned  limitations,  the rules of Code section  414(q)(6) shall
        apply,  except that in  applying  such rules,  the term  "family"  shall
        include only the Participant's  spouse and any lineal descendants of the
        Participant  who have not  attained  age 19 before the close of the Plan
        Year.  (p)  "Contract"  or  "Policy"  means a life  insurance  policy or
        annuity contract (group or individual) issued by any insurer selected by
        the Company.

        All  Contracts  or  Policies  issued  pursuant  to section  6.5 shall be
        acquired on a uniform and  nondiscriminatory  basis with  respect to the
        face amount of the death benefit stated in such Contract or Policy.

    (q) "Covered  Compensation"  means,  for any Plan Year, the average (without
        indexing) of the Social  Security Wage Bases in effect for each calendar
        year during the 35-year  period ending with the last day of the calendar
        year a Member  attains (or will attain) his Social  Security  Retirement
        Age. In determining a Member's Covered Compensation for a Plan Year, the
        Social  Security Wage Base for the current Plan Year and any  subsequent
        Plan Year shall be assumed  to be the same as the Social  Security  Wage
        Base in  effect  as of the  beginning  of the Plan  Year for  which  the
        determination  is being made. A Member's Covered  Compensation  shall be
        automatically adjusted for each Plan Year.

        A Member's Covered Compensation for a Plan Year after the 35-year period
        described above shall be the Member's Covered  Compensation for the Plan
        Year during  which the Member  attained his Social  Security  Retirement
        Age.

        A Member's  Covered  Compensation  for a Plan Year  before  the  35-year
        period  described above shall be the Social Security Wage Base in effect
        as of the  beginning  of the  Plan  Year.  (r)  "Effective  Date"  means
        November 1, 1963.  (s)  "Eligible  Employee"  means any Employee who has
        satisfied the eligibility  requirements of section 3.1. (t) "Eligibility
        Service"  means  a  period  of  service  for  eligibility  purposes,  as
        described  in  section  4.2.  (u)  "Employee"  means any  person  who is
        employed by the Company or an  Affiliate  and any person who is a leased
        employee to the extent required by Code section 414(n).

<PAGE>


    (v) "Employer"  means the Company or any Affiliate  which elects to become a
        party to the Plan,  with the  approval of the  Company,  by adopting the
        Plan for the benefit of its eligible Employees in a manner prescribed in
        Article XIV.

    (w) "Fiduciary" means any person who--
        (1) exercises any discretionary  authority or discretionary control with
            respect to the management of the Plan or who exercises any authority
            or control  with respect to the  management  or  disposition  of the
            Plan's assets,
        (2) renders investment advice for a fee or other compensation, direct or
            indirect,  with respect to any monies or other  property of the Plan
            or has any authority or responsibility to do so, or
        (3) has any discretionary  authority or discretionary  responsibility in
            the administration of the Plan,  including,  but not limited to, the
            Trustee,   an  Employer  and  its   representative   body,  and  the
            Administrator.
    (x) "Fiscal  Year" means the  Company's  accounting  year of 12  consecutive
        months  commencing  on November 1 of each year and ending the  following
        October 31.
    (y) "Funding  Policy and Method"  means the Company's  determination  of the
        Plan's  funding  goals,  based on the  Company's  acknowledgment  of the
        Plan's  needs at any given time to  balance  the  liquidity,  investment
        growth,  and  stability  of the Plan's  assets.  The Company may, in its
        discretion,  appoint  a  qualified  person  or  entity  to  assist it in
        determining the Plan's Funding Policy and Method.
    (z) "Hour of Service" means a period of employment,  as described in section
        4.1.
    (aa)"Inactive  Participant"  means an Employee who was a Participant but who
        is  transferred  to and is in a position  of  employment  as an Employee
        where he is not eligible to participate in the Plan.
    (bb)"Investment  Manager" means any person,  firm, or corporation that-- (1)
        is a registered  investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of
        1940,  a bank,  or an  insurance  company,  (2) has the power to manage,
        acquire,  or dispose of Plan assets, and (3) acknowledges in writing its
        fiduciary responsibility to the Plan.
    (cc)"Member"  means  a  Participant,  an  Inactive  Participant,  a  Retired
        Participant, a Terminated Participant,  or any other former Employee who
        is receiving or entitled to receive benefits under the Plan.
    (dd)"One-Year  Break in Service" means a period of absence from  employment,
        as described in section 4.6.
    (ee)"Participant"  means any  Employee who  satisfies  the  requirements  of
        section  3.1 and who  elects  to  participate  in the Plan  pursuant  to
        sections 3.2 and 3.3.
    (ff)"Plan Year" means the Plan's  accounting  year of 12 consecutive  months
        commencing on November 1 of each year and ending the  following  October
        31. The provisions of this section 2.1(ff) shall also be deemed to apply
        to any period prior to the Plan's Effective Date.
    (gg)"Present  Value"  means  the  Actuarial  Equivalent  present  value of a
        Member's  Accrued Benefit on the date of valuation;  provided,  however,
        that  for  purposes  of  determining  if  the  Plan  is  top-heavy,  the
        provisions of Article XVI shall apply in  determining  the Present Value
        of a Member's Accrued Benefit.
    (hh)"Qualified Joint and Survivor  Annuity" means an annuity that is payable
        on the Member's Annuity Starting Date and that provides monthly payments
        for the lifetime of a Member and a survivor  annuity for the lifetime of
        the spouse to whom the Member was married on his Annuity  Starting Date,
        with 120 monthly payments guaranteed.  Such survivor annuity shall be 50
        percent of the amount of the  annuity  that is payable  during the joint
        lives of the Member and the Member's spouse.
    (ii)"Qualified  Preretirement  Survivor  Annuity"  means an annuity  that is
        payable over the life of a Member's  surviving  spouse,  the payments of
        which are not less than the amounts that would have been  payable  under
        the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity if such Member had retired with
        an immediate  Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity on the day before his
        death.

<PAGE>

    (jj)"Reemployment  Commencement  Date" means the first day following a Break
        in Service for which an Employee is entitled to be credited with an Hour
        of Service.
    (kk)"Retired  Participant" means a person who has been a Participant but who
        has become entitled to retirement benefits under the Plan.
    (ll)"Retirement  Age"  means a  Member's  Normal  Retirement  Age or  Vested
        Retirement  Age,  whichever  is  applicable,  as  follows: 
        (1) "Normal  Retirement  Age"  means a  Member's  age  when he has  both
            attained his sixty-fifth  birthday and the fifth  anniversary of his
            participation in the Plan.
        (2) "Vested  Retirement Age" means,  for a Member who completes at least
            one Hour of Service on or after  November  1, 1995,  a Member's  age
            when he has completed at least three years of Vesting Service.
    (mm)"Retirement   Date"  means  a  Member's  Normal  Retirement  Date,  Late
        Retirement Date,  Disability Retirement Date, or Vested Retirement Date,
        whichever is applicable, as follows:
        (1) "Normal Retirement Date" means the Anniversary Date nearest the date
            a Member attains his Normal Retirement Age.
        (2) "Late Retirement Date" means the Anniversary Date nearest the date a
            Member's   employment  with  the  Employer  or  a   nonparticipating
            Affiliate  terminates  because  of his normal  retirement  after the
            occurrence of his Normal Retirement Date.
        (3) "Disability  Retirement Date" means the Anniversary Date nearest the
            date on which--
            (A)  a  Member's   disability   benefits  end  under  the  long-term
                 disability   plan  of  the   Employer  or  a   nonparticipating
                 Affiliate, or
            (B)  a Member's  employment with the Employer or a  nonparticipating
                 Affiliate   terminates   on  account  of  Total  and  Permanent
                 Disability.
        (4) "Vested  Retirement  Date" means,  for a Member who has attained his
            Vested  Retirement Age and whose  employment  with the Employer or a
            nonparticipating  Affiliate terminates for reasons other than normal
            retirement or death,  the Anniversary Date nearest the date a Member
            attains his Vested Retirement Age.
    (nn)"Social  Security  Wage Base" means,  with respect to any Plan Year,  an
        amount  equal  to the  maximum  compensation  on  which  federal  Social
        Security  taxes  (under  the  Federal  Insurance  Contributions  Act and
        applicable  regulations)  would be  applicable  on the first day of such
        Plan Year, whether or not compensation is in fact subject to such tax.
    (oo)"Terminated  Participant"  means a person who has been a Participant but
        whose  employment  has been  terminated  other than by death,  Total and
        Permanent Disability, or retirement.
    (pp)"Total and Permanent Disability" means a physical or mental condition of
        a Participant which-- (1) results from bodily injury, disease, or mental
        disorder;  (2) renders  the  Participant  incapable  of  continuing  any
        gainful  occupation;  (3) constitutes total disability under the federal
        Social  Security  Act;  (4)  continues  for a period of six  consecutive
        months; and (5) causes the Participant's status as an Employee to cease.
    (qq)"Trust  Agreement"  means  any  agreement  in  the  nature  of  a  trust
        established to form a part of this Plan to receive,  hold,  invest,  and
        dispose of the Trust Fund.
    (rr)"Trustee"  means  the  corporation,   individual,  individuals,  or  any
        combination of such entities or individuals, named and acting as trustee
        under this Plan or any trust agreement forming a part of the Plan at any
        time of reference.
    (ss)"Trust Fund" means the assets of every kind and description held for the
        Plan under any Trust Agreement forming a part of this Plan.
    (tt)"Vesting  Service"  means a period of service for vesting  purposes,  as
        described in section 4.3.

2.2 Gender and Number

Whenever used in the Plan, singular words shall include the plural and masculine
words  shall  include  the  feminine  unless the  context  clearly  indicates  a
distinction.


<PAGE>


Article III. Eligibility and Participation

3.1 Eligibility and Participation

    (a) Each Employee of an Employer on November 1, 1995 who was a "participant"
        as defined in and covered by the Plan on October 31, 1995, and any other
        person  receiving or eligible to receive any benefits  under the Plan on
        October 31, 1995, shall  automatically  continue to be a Participant,  a
        Retired Participant,  or a Beneficiary,  as the case may be, on November
        1, 1995.
    (b) An Employee on or after  November 1, 1995 (other than a leased  employee
        as defined under Code section 414(n)) shall become an Eligible  Employee
        on the  latest  of-- (1) the  date he  attains  age 21;  (2) the date he
        becomes an Employee of an Employer;  or (3) the date he is credited with
        one year of Eligibility Service.

3.2 Application for Participation

In order to become a Participant in the Plan, an Eligible  Employee must file an
application  with the Employer and agree to the Plan's terms.  In the event that
an Eligible  Employee  fails to file such  application,  the Employer shall file
such application on behalf of the Employee on a  nondiscriminatory  basis.  Upon
his   acceptance  of  any  benefits   under  this  Plan,   such  Employee  shall
automatically  be  bound  by the  terms  and  conditions  of the  Plan  and  all
amendments to the Plan.

3.3 Effective Date of Participation

Except as otherwise provided under section 3.6, an Eligible Employee who applies
for  participation  under  section 3.2 shall become a  Participant--  

    (a) if the Employee met the  eligibility  requirements  specified in section
        3.1 during the first six months of the Plan Year, as of the first day of
        the Plan Year in which the Employee met such  eligibility  requirements;
        or
    (b) if the Employee met the  eligibility  requirements  specified in section
        3.1  during  the last six months of the Plan Year as of the first day of
        the next succeeding Plan Year.

3.4 Election not to Participate

Any Eligible Employee may, subject to the Company's approval,  voluntarily elect
not to  participate  in the Plan.  Such  election  must be  communicated  to the
Company in writing at least 30 days before the beginning of a Plan Year.

An Eligible  Employee who elects not to  participate  in the Plan shall have the
right to modify or revoke such election during a subsequent Plan Year.  However,
in no event shall such Eligible  Employee's Accrued Benefit be reduced.  Benefit
decreases as a result of such election shall be recognized  notwithstanding  the
provisions of section 6.1(d). Benefit increases as a result of the revocation or
modification  of such  election  in any Plan Year  subsequent  to a Plan Year in
which benefits have been decreased pursuant to such election shall be treated as
benefit increases resulting from a Plan amendment.  The funding for such benefit
increases  shall  be based  upon  reasonable  actuarial  assumptions  which  are
commonly  utilized to fund benefit  increases  resulting from a Plan  amendment.
Further,  any such benefit  increases  shall be subject to the  restrictions  on
annual benefits specified in Article XIII upon early termination of the Plan.

3.5 Duration of Participation

Except as expressly provided in section 3.4 above, no Participant shall have any
right to revoke,  modify,  or discontinue his  participation  in the Plan, or to
withdraw  from the Plan. An Eligible  Employee who becomes a  Participant  shall
continue to be a Participant or Inactive  Participant  until he terminates  from
employment,  and also shall continue to be a Member thereafter for as long as he
is entitled  to receive  any  benefits  under the Plan if he  thereupon  becomes
eligible  to  receive  (then or  thereafter)  a benefit  under  the Plan.  After
receiving all benefits to which he is entitled under the Plan, he shall cease to
be a Member  unless and until he thereafter  becomes  eligible to again become a
Participant.

<PAGE>

3.6 Transferred or Rehired Employees

The following  rules shall be  applicable  to Employees who become  Participants
because of transfer to a status  qualifying for participation in the Plan or who
become  Inactive  Participants:  

    (a) Any Employee who is transferred from a  nonparticipating  Affiliate into
        employment where he becomes a Participant shall be credited with Vesting
        Service  computed as provided in section 4.3 for all his employment with
        an  Employer  and  nonparticipating  Affiliates,  before  and after such
        transfer.  Except as provided  in section  4.4, he shall not be credited
        with Benefit Service for employment prior to such transfer.
    (b) Any Participant who is transferred  into employment as an Employee where
        he becomes an Inactive  Participant  shall  continue  to accrue  Vesting
        Service (but not Benefit  Service)  under this Plan during the period he
        is an Inactive Participant.  Any benefit to which he may become entitled
        under this Plan shall be determined on the bases of his Vesting  Service
        before and after the date of such  transfer,  on the Benefit  Service he
        had  prior  to the date of such  transfer,  and on his  Average  Monthly
        Compensation  and the Covered  Compensation  under the Plan in effect at
        the time of his transfer to status as an Inactive Participant.
    (c) Any Employee who has a Break in Service and is  subsequently  reemployed
        by the Company or an  Affiliate  shall be  considered a new Employee for
        purposes of section 3.1,  unless--
        (1) he was credited with at least one year of Eligibility  Service prior
            to his Break in Service. In such case, he shall become a Participant
            under the Plan on the date he is reemployed as an Employee; or
        (2) if  paragraph  (1) is not  applicable,  he is  reemployed  prior  to
            incurring  a One-Year  Break in  Service.  In such case,  the period
            commencing  on the  Break  in  Service  and  ending  on the  date of
            reemployment shall be credited as Eligibility Service.


3.7 Employee of Nonparticipating  Affiliate Who Becomes a Participant  Following
    Break in Service 

An Employee of a  nonparticipating  Affiliate  who incurs a Break in Service and
who  thereafter  becomes a  Participant  under this Plan shall have his  benefit
calculated  in the same manner as a  transferred  Employee,  provided that he is
eligible to have his prior employment recognized under section 3.6.

<PAGE>


Article IV. Service

4.1 Hour of Service

An Employee's Hours of Service shall be used to determine credit for eligibility
to  participate  in the Plan,  eligibility  to receive  benefits,  and amount of
benefits. Hours of Service shall be determined as follows: 
    (a) An Employee  shall receive an Hour of Service for each hour for which he
        is paid or  entitled  to  payment  by an  Employer  or  nonparticipating
        Affiliate for the performance of duties.
    (b) An Employee  shall receive an Hour of Service for each hour for which he
        is directly or indirectly  paid or entitled to payment by an Employer or
        nonparticipating  Affiliate  on account of a period of time during which
        no  duties  are  performed   (irrespective  of  whether  the  employment
        relationship  has  terminated)  due  to  vacation,   holidays,  illness,
        incapacity (including disability),  layoff, jury duty, military duty, or
        leave of  absence.  No more than 501 Hours of Service  shall be credited
        under this subsection for any single  continuous period during which the
        Employee  performs no duties,  and no Hour of Service  shall be credited
        based on any  payment  under a plan  maintained  solely to  comply  with
        applicable  workers'   compensation,   unemployment   compensation,   or
        disability  insurance  laws, or which solely  reimburses an Employee for
        medical or medically-related expenses incurred by the Employee.
    (c) An  Employee  shall  receive an Hour of Service  for each hour for which
        back pay,  irrespective  of mitigation of damages,  is either awarded or
        agreed  to  by  an  Employer  or  nonparticipating  Affiliate,  with  no
        duplication  of credit for hours under  subsections  (a) or (b) and this
        subsection  (c).  With respect to periods  described in  subsection  (b)
        above,  crediting of back pay hours shall be subject to the  limitations
        set forth in that subsection. No more than 501 Hours of Service shall be
        credited under this subsection for any single  continuous  period during
        which the Employee did not or would not have performed duties.
    (d) Solely for purposes of  determining  whether a One-Year Break in Service
        has occurred,  but not for purposes of determining an Employee's Vesting
        Service or Benefit Service, an Employee shall receive an Hour of Service
        for each hour which would have been  credited to such Employee but for--
        (1) an approved leave of absence from employment by reason of--
            (A)pregnancy,   
            (B)placement  of a child with the  Employee in  connection  with the
                adoption of such child,
            (C)birth of a child, or
            (D)caring for a child for a period immediately  following such birth
                or placement; or
        (2) effective  August 8,  1993,  leave of absence  authorized  under the
            Family Medical Leave Act of 1993. 

        If the number of hours  which would have been  credited to the  Employee
        cannot be  determined,  eight Hours of Service shall be credited per day
        of such  absence.  No more than 501 Hours of Service  shall be  credited
        under this  subsection (d) for any such absence.  Hours of Service under
        this  subsection  (d)  shall be  credited  in the Plan Year in which the
        absence from employment commences if the crediting is necessary in order
        to prevent a One-Year  Break in Service except that in the case of Hours
        of Service  credited  pursuant to paragraph (1) of this  subsection (d),
        Hours of Service shall be credited in the Plan Year in which the absence
        from  employment  commences  if the  crediting  is necessary in order to
        prevent a One-Year Break in Service, otherwise, in all other cases, such
        Hours of Service shall be credited in the following Plan Year.
    (e) An  Employee  shall  receive  an Hour of  Service  for each  hour of the
        normally-scheduled workweek for each week during any period he is on any
        absence from work with the Employer or  nonparticipating  Affiliate  for
        voluntary or involuntary  military  service with the United States Armed
        Forces,  but not to exceed the period  required under the law pertaining
        to veterans' reemployment rights; provided, however, that if he fails to
        report  for  work  at the  end  of  such  absence  during  which  he has
        reemployment  rights under law, he shall not receive credit for hours on
        such leave.
    (f) An  Employee  shall  receive  an Hour of  Service  for each  hour of the
        normally-scheduled workweek for each week of authorized leave of absence
        granted by the Employer or  nonparticipating  Affiliate  for which he is
        not compensated;  provided,  however,  if he fails to report for work at
        the end of such authorized leave of absence, he shall not receive credit
        for hours on such leave.
For  purposes of  crediting  hours under (b) and (c) above,  the  Administration
shall observe and follow Department of Labor regulation  section  2530.200b-2(b)
and (c).
<PAGE>

4.2 Eligibility Service

Eligibility  Service  shall be used to determine an  Employee's  eligibility  to
participate  in the Plan.  An  Employee  shall  receive  credit for  Eligibility
Service, determined as follows:

    (a) An Employee shall receive credit for one year of Eligibility  Service if
        he  completes  at least  1,000 Hours of Service in the  12-month  period
        beginning with his date of hire.
    (b) An Employee shall also receive credit for a year of Eligibility  Service
        for  each  Plan  Year  beginning  after  his  date of hire in  which  he
        completes at least 1,000 Hours of Service.

4.3 Vesting Service

Vesting Service shall be used to determine an Employee's  eligibility to receive
benefits  and to determine  whether an  Employee's  Vesting  Service and Benefit
Service prior to a Break in Service shall be reinstated  upon  reemployment.  An
Employee shall receive credit for Vesting Service as follows: 
    (a) For  employment  prior to November 1, 1995,  an Employee  shall  receive
        credit for Vesting Service equal to the years of service for purposes of
        determining vesting he had under the Plan as of October 31, 1995.
    (b) In addition to Vesting Service under subsection (a) a participant  shall
        receive credit for Benefit Service as follows:
        (1) For Plan Years  beginning on or after  November 1, 1995, an Employee
            shall  receive  credit for a year of Vesting  Service  for each Plan
            Year  beginning on or after such date in which he is age 18 or older
            and credited with at least 1,000 Hours of Service.
        (2) Vesting  Service  shall  include  any period of  employment  with an
            entity prior to the date such entity becomes an Affiliate.
        (3) An  Employee  who has had a Break  in  Service  and is  subsequently
            reemployed  by an Employer  or a  nonparticipating  Affiliate  as an
            Employee shall be considered a new Employee, unless--
            (A) he had at least three years of Vesting  Service at such Break in
                Service,  the Vesting  Service (and  Benefit  Service) he had at
                such Break in Service shall be  reinstated,  retroactive  to his
                Reemployment Commencement Date, upon his completion of a year of
                Vesting Service following his reemployment;
            (B) he is  reemployed  before he has  incurred a  One-Year  Break in
                Service.  In such case,  his prior Vesting  Service (and Benefit
                Service) shall be reinstated upon his reemployment; or
            (C) (if  neither  (A) nor (B)  above  is  applicable)  the  Employee
                incurred  no more  than  five  consecutive  One-Year  Breaks  in
                Service  prior to his  reemployment.  In such  case,  his  prior
                Vesting  Service  (and  Benefit  Service)  shall  be  reinstated
                retroactive  to his  Reemployment  Commencement  Date  upon  his
                completion   of  a  year  of  Vesting   Service   following  his
                reemployment.

4.4 Benefit Service

Benefit  Service  shall  be used to  determine  the  amount  of a  Participant's
benefit.  A Participant shall receive credit for Benefit Service,  determined as
follows:  
    (a) For  employment  prior to November 1, 1995, a Participant  shall receive
        credit for Benefit Service equal to the years of service for purposes of
        determining benefits he had as of October 31, 1995.
    (b) In addition to Benefit Service under subsection (a), a Participant shall
        receive credit for Benefit Service as follows:
        (1) For  Plan  Years   beginning  on  or  after   November  1,  1995,  a
            Participant's  Benefit  Service  shall be  calculated  on a  monthly
            basis. A Participant  shall receive  Benefit Service credit for each
            calendar  month  during a Plan Year in which he is both an  Employee
            and receives credit for at least 83 Hours of Service.
        (2) Except for service in the United States Armed Forces,  a Participant
            shall not be credited  with more than six months of Benefit  Service
            during a period in which he is on authorized leave of absence unless
            the  Participant  continues to receive  Compensation  as an Eligible
            Employee from an Employer for such period.
<PAGE>

        (3) Benefit  Service shall not include any period of employment  with an
            entity prior to the date such entity becomes an Affiliate unless the
            Company acts to grant Benefit  Service for such  employment.  If the
            Company acts to grant Benefit Service for pre-Affiliate  employment,
            the number of years of Benefit  Service so granted  shall not exceed
            five.
        (4) Former employees of the Bank of Lockport who become  Participants in
            the Plan shall not receive  Benefit  Service  credit for  employment
            with the Employer prior to January 1, 1992.
        (5) Former employees of Southwest Suburban Bank who become  Participants
            in the Plan shall not receive  Benefit Service credit for employment
            with the Employer prior to November 1, 1989.
        (6) Former employees of Community Bank of Plano who become  Participants
            in the Plan shall not receive  Benefit Service credit for employment
            with the Employer prior to November 1, 1994.

4.5 Break in Service

A Break in Service shall occur for any one of the following reasons:

    (a) if the Employee quits;
    (b) if the Employee is discharged;
    (c) if the  Employee  fails to report for work  within  the period  required
        under the law pertaining to veteran's  reemployment  rights, after he is
        released  from  military  service  with the armed  forces of the  United
        States;
    (d) if the  Employee  fails to report  for work on or prior to the first day
        after a leave of  absence  which has been  granted to him other than for
        military  service or fails to report to work upon recall after a layoff;
        or
    (e) if the Employee retires hereunder or dies.

    The  fact  that  an  Employee  who  is a  Participant  becomes  an  Inactive
    Participant shall not constitute a Break in Service, but the foregoing rules
    shall  continue  to apply to any such  Employee  during  the period he is an
    Inactive Participant.

4.6 One-Year Break in Service

A One-Year  Break in Service shall occur when an Employee who has had a Break in
Service receives credit for fewer than 501 Hours of Service during a Plan Year.

4.7 Repayments

If a  Participant  has a Break in Service and receives a lump sum cashout of his
benefit under section 7.3(b) or 7.4, his Benefit  Service  completed  before the
Break  in  Service  shall  be  disregarded  upon  his  reemployment  unless  the
Participant repays the benefit to the Plan.
Repayment must be made before the earlier of--

    (a) the fifth anniversary of his reemployment; or 
    (b) the completion of five consecutive  One-Year Breaks in Service following
        the date of distribution.
Such repayment shall include the amount of the cashout plus interest, compounded
annually from the date of the distribution.

A Participant or an Inactive Participant who has a Break in Service and does not
have any Vested interest in his Accrued Benefit shall be deemed to have received
a lump sum cashout of such benefit on the date of his Break in Service.  If such
Participant or an Inactive Participant is rehired, he shall be treated as having
repaid such benefit on his date of rehire.

The  interest  rate used shall be 120  percent of the federal  mid-term  rate in
effect  for the  first  month  of the  Plan  Year for  which  interest  is being
computed.  Any benefits  attributable  to Benefit  Service  restored  under this
section 4.7 shall be entitled to all applicable  subsidies and optional forms of
payment relating to the restored benefits.

4.8 No Duplication of Service

A Member shall not receive any  duplicative  Benefit  Service or Vesting Service
for the same period of employment.


<PAGE>


Article V. Contribution and Valuation

5.1 Payment of Contributions

No  Participant  shall be required  to make any  contribution  to the Plan.  The
Employer shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such amounts,  in cash or in
property,  acceptable to the Trustee as the Administrator and the Employer shall
determine, by the application of accepted actuarial methods and assumptions,  to
be  necessary  to provide the  benefits  payable  under the Plan.  The method of
funding such benefits shall be consistent with the Plan's objectives.

5.2 Actuarial Methods

In establishing the Plan's liabilities and contributions,  the Actuary shall use
such methods and assumptions as will reasonably reflect the cost of the benefits
to be provided by the Plan.  The Plan's  assets are to be valued on the basis of
any  reasonable  method of  valuation  that takes into account fair market value
pursuant to  regulations  prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury.  The Plan
shall be subject to an actuarial valuation at least once every three years.


Article VI. Benefits

6.1 Normal Retirement Benefits
    (a) Eligibility.  A Participant who incurs a Break in Service on or after he
        has  attained his Normal  Retirement  Age shall be eligible to receive a
        normal  retirement  benefit under the Plan.  Such Member's  right to his
        Accrued Benefit shall be 100 percent vested and  nonforfeitable  (except
        for reasons of death or reemployment)  upon his attainment of his Normal
        Retirement  Age if he is employed by the Company or an Affiliate on such
        date.
    (b) Amount.  For Plan Years  beginning  on or after  November  1, 1991,  the
        monthly normal retirement benefit payable to a Member who is eligible to
        receive such  benefit  pursuant to (a) above shall be an amount equal to
        the sum of (1) plus (2) below-- 
        (1) the product of--
            (A) the sum of 1.25 percent of his Average Monthly  Compensation not
                in excess of  Covered  Compensation  plus  .625  percent  of his
                Average Monthly Compensation in excess of Covered  Compensation;
                and
            (B) his years of Benefit Service not in excess of 30 years; and
        (2) the product of--
            (A) .5 percent of his Average Monthly Compensation; and
            (B) his years of  Benefit  Service in excess of 30 but not in excess
                of 35 years.
        For Plan Years prior to November 1, 1991, the monthly normal  retirement
        benefit  payable to a Member who is  eligible  to receive  such  benefit
        shall be computed in  accordance  with the terms of the Plan document in
        effect at such time.
    (c) Commencement.  Monthly normal retirement benefit payments shall begin as
        of a Member's Normal  Retirement Date, unless the Member elects to defer
        the  commencement of benefit  payments to his Late Retirement Date. This
        subsection (c) shall be subject to the provisions of section 7.7.
    (d) Minimum Benefit.  The retirement benefits payable to a Member under this
        section 6.1 shall not be less than the largest normal retirement benefit
        accrued  by the  Member  under  the terms of the Plan as in effect as of
        October 31, 1989,  based on the Member's "Years of Service" and "Average
        Monthly Compensation" as of October 31, 1989.

6.2 Disability Retirement Benefits

    (a) Eligibility.  A Participant who incurs a Total and Permanent  Disability
        while an Employee  shall be eligible to receive a disability  retirement
        benefit under the Plan.
    (b) Amount. The monthly amount of the disability  retirement benefit payable
        to a Participant who is eligible to receive such benefit pursuant to (a)
        above  shall  be his  Accrued  Benefit,  computed  as of his  Disability
        Retirement Date.
<PAGE>

    (c) Commencement  and  Duration.   Monthly  disability   retirement  benefit
        payments shall begin as of a  Participant's  Disability  Retirement Date
        and  shall be paid  monthly  thereafter  in the  form of a  single  life
        annuity as of the first day of each succeeding  month until the first to
        occur of (1), (2), or (3) below:
        (1) the cessation of the Participant's  Total and Permanent  Disability,
            at which time the provisions of subsection (d) below shall apply;
        (2) the Participant's death, at which time--
            (A) if the Participant is unmarried,  a preretirement  death benefit
                shall become payable to the Participant's  beneficiary  pursuant
                to section 8.2; or
            (B) if  the  Participant  is  married  and  satisfies  the  one-year
                marriage   requirement    specified   in   section   8.1(b),   a
                Preretirement  Survivor  Annuity  shall  become  payable  to the
                Participant's surviving spouse pursuant to section 8.1; or
        (3) the Participant's  attainment of his Normal Retirement Age, at which
            time the  provisions  of  section  6.1 shall  apply.  No  additional
            Benefit  Service  shall be  credited  to the  Participant  after his
            Disability Retirement Date.
    (d) Cessation of Total and  Permanent  Disability.  Upon the  cessation of a
        Participant's Total and Permanent Disability,  his disability retirement
        benefit shall cease, and the following provisions shall apply:
        (1) If a Participant's  Total and Permanent  Disability  ceases prior to
            his Normal  Retirement Age and he is reemployed by the Employer upon
            the cessation of his Total and Permanent  Disability,  he shall have
            his  prior  Vesting  and  Benefit  Service   reinstated.   Upon  any
            subsequent  Break in Service,  his eligibility for a benefit and the
            amount of the benefit shall be determined,  calculated,  and paid as
            if he were first retired based upon his Vesting and Benefit  Service
            at such Break in Service.  However,  his  benefit at his  subsequent
            retirement  shall  be  appropriately   adjusted  in  a  uniform  and
            nondiscriminatory  manner  to take  into  account  the  value of the
            disability retirement benefit which he previously received.
        (2) If a Participant's  Total and Permanent  Disability  ceases (for any
            reason  except death) prior to his Normal  Retirement  Age and he is
            not  reemployed  by the Employer upon the cessation of his Total and
            Permanent  Disability,  he shall  assume the status of a  terminated
            Participant   eligible  to  receive  a  deferred  vested  retirement
            benefit, and any deferred vested retirement benefit for which he may
            be  eligible  shall  be  calculated  and paid  based on his  Average
            Monthly Compensation, the Covered Compensation, his Benefit Service,
            and the benefit formula in effect at his Disability Retirement Date.
            However,   his  benefit  at  his  subsequent   retirement  shall  be
            appropriately adjusted in a uniform and nondiscriminatory  manner to
            take into  account the value of the  disability  retirement  benefit
            which he previously received.

6.3 Deferred Vested Retirement Benefits

    (a) Eligibility.  A Member  who incurs a Break in Service on or after he has
        attained  his  Vested  Retirement  Age shall be  eligible  to  receive a
        deferred vested retirement benefit under the Plan.
    (b) Amount.  The monthly amount of the deferred  vested  retirement  benefit
        payable to a Member who is eligible to receive such benefit  pursuant to
        (a) above  shall be an amount  computed  in the same  manner as a normal
        retirement  benefit  under section  6.1(b) based on his Average  Monthly
        Compensation,  the Covered Compensation,  and his Benefit Service at the
        time of his Break in Service, but adjusted in accordance with paragraphs
        (1) and (2) below. 
        (1) Such amount shall be multiplied by the applicable  vested percentage
            of the Member's benefit, determined as follows:

                      Member's Years                 Vested
                      of Vesting Service          Percentage

                      less than 3                      0%
                      3                               20%
                      4                               40%
                      5                               60%
                      6                               80%
                      7 or more                      100%


        (2) If the Member elects to have his deferred vested retirement  benefit
            payments  begin  prior to his Normal  Retirement  Date,  such amount
            shall be reduced by--


<PAGE>

            (A) 1/150 for each  complete  calendar  month  (but not more than 60
                months), and
            (B) 1/300 for each  complete  calendar  month  (but not more than 60
                months) beyond the first 60 months under paragraph (1) above,
            by which  his  first  deferred  vested  retirement  benefit  payment
            precedes his Normal Retirement Date.

            If the Member elects to have his deferred vested retirement  benefit
            payments  begin prior to his attainment of age 55, such amount shall
            be  reduced  on the  basis of the  applicable  Actuarial  Equivalent
            factors.
    (c) Commencement and Duration.  Monthly deferred vested  retirement  benefit
        payments shall begin as of a Member's Normal  Retirement Date, unless he
        elects to have such payments begin earlier pursuant to subsection (b)(2)
        above. This subsection (c) shall be subject to the provisions of section
        7.7.

6.4 Limitation of Benefits

    (a) Limitation  on Benefits.  Notwithstanding  any other  provisions of this
        Plan to the  contrary,  effective  January 1, 1987,  the annual  benefit
        under "any defined  benefit  plan"  payable to a Member shall not exceed
        the lesser of--
        (1) $90,000 or such higher  amount as may be permitted by the  Secretary
            of the Treasury pursuant to section 415(b)(1)(A); or
        (2) 100 percent of the annual  average of the highest three  consecutive
            calendar years of  compensation  paid to him by the Employer  during
            his active  participation  in this Plan.  
        If such  annual  benefit is  payable in a form other than a  single-life
        annuity, the limitation of this subsection (a) shall be adjusted so that
        it is an Actuarial Equivalent,  using the assumptions in subsection (c),
        to a single-life  annuity.  For the purposes of the preceding  sentence,
        any ancillary benefit which is not directly related to retirement income
        benefits  shall not be taken into  account;  and that portion of a joint
        and survivor  annuity which  constitutes a Qualified  Joint and Survivor
        Annuity shall not be taken into account.
    (b) Adjustment to Limitations.
        (1) If a Member  has less than ten years of  participation  in the Plan,
            then  the  limitation  prescribed  in  subsection  (a)(1)  shall  be
            adjusted by multiplying such limitation by a fraction, the numerator
            of which equals the period of time that the Member  participated  in
            the  Plan  and the  denominator  of  which  equals  ten.  A  similar
            reduction  shall be made to the limitation  prescribed in subsection
            (a)(2) for  Members  with less than ten Years of  Service  under the
            Plan.
        (2) The amount of the  limitation in subsection  (a)(1) shall be further
            adjusted with respect to benefit  commencement prior to the Member's
            attainment of Social Security  Retirement Age so that the limitation
            (as so  adjusted)  equals  an  annual  benefit  (beginning  when the
            Member's  benefit  begins) which is the  actuarial  equivalent to an
            annual  benefit equal to the amount of the  limitation in subsection
            (a)(1) commencing at Social Security Retirement Age.
        (3) If the Member's benefit  commences after social security  retirement
            age,  the amount of the  limitation  in  subsection  (a)(1) shall be
            adjusted so that the  limitation  (as so adjusted)  equals an annual
            benefit  (beginning  when the Member's  benefit begins) which is the
            actuarial equivalent of an annual benefit equal to the amount of the
            limitation  in  subsection  (a)(1)  commencing  at  Social  Security
            Retirement Age.
    (c) Required Actuarial Assumptions. In determining actuarial equivalence and
        making adjustments for purposes of this section 6.4--
        (1) the limit for benefits  payable prior to Social Security  Retirement
            Age shall be adjusted by-- 
            (A) five-ninths of one percent for each of the first 36 months,
            (B) five-twelfths of one percent for each of the next 24 months, and
            (C) the  monthly   actuarial   adjustment   factor  for  each  month
                thereafter  based  on  the  mortality  assumption  specified  in
                section 2.1(c) and an interest rate equal to the greater of five
                percent or the  applicable  interest  rate  specified in section
                2.1(c);
        (2) the interest rate  assumption  used for adjusting any limitation for
            benefits  payable after Social Security  Retirement Age shall not be
            greater than the lesser of five percent or the  applicable  interest
            rate specified in section 2.1(c); and
<PAGE>

        (3) the interest rate  assumption  used for adjusting any limitation for
            benefits payable in a form other than a straight-life  annuity shall
            not be less than the greater of five  percent or the  interest  rate
            specified in section 2.1(c).
    (d) Additional  Limitation.  If in any Plan  Year a Member is  covered  both
        under any defined  contribution plan and under any defined benefit plan,
        the sum of the defined benefit plan fraction (as defined in Code section
        415(e)(2))  and the defined  contribution  plan  fraction (as defined in
        Code section  415(e)(3))  for such Plan Year shall not exceed one. It is
        intended to reduce the benefits  payable under any defined  benefit plan
        to the extent  necessary  to prevent the sum of such  fractions  for any
        Plan  Year from  exceeding  one  before  reducing  contributions  to any
        defined contribution plan.
    (e) Right  to  Higher  Accrued  Benefit   Preserved.   Notwithstanding   the
        foregoing,  the limitations under subsection (a) and the factor included
        in the defined benefit plan fraction  denominator  under  subsection (d)
        above for any person--
        (1) who was a  Participant  on or before  December 31, 1986 shall not be
            lower than the amount of such  Participant's  Accrued  Benefit under
            the terms of the Plan as of December 31, 1986;
        (2) who was a  Participant  on or before  December 31, 1982 shall not be
            lower than the amount of such Participant's  Accrued Benefit, not to
            exceed  $136,425,  under  the terms of the Plan as of  December  31,
            1982; or
        (3) who was a Participant in the Plan on or before October 2, 1973 shall
            not be lower than such person's  retirement benefit determined under
            the terms of the Plan  provisions  as in effect on  October  2, 1973
            based  upon   Compensation  as  of  such  date  and  Service  as  of
            termination of employment.
    (f) Additional  Definitions.  For the  purpose  of  this  section  4.6,  the
        following terms shall have these meanings:
        (1) "Affiliate"  shall have the meaning  prescribed  in section  2.1(c),
            except  that in applying  Code  section  414(b) and (c),  the phrase
            "more than 50 percent" shall be substituted for the phrase "at least
            80 percent" each place it appears in Code section 1563(a)(1).
        (2) "Any  defined  benefit  plan" means this Plan and any other  defined
            benefit plans of the Employer and Affiliates considered as one plan.
        (3) "Any defined contribution plan" means all defined contribution plans
            of the Employer and Affiliates considered as one plan.
        (4) The  "limitation  year"  for the  purposes  of  Treasury  regulation
            section 1.415-2(a) shall be the Plan Year.
        (5) "Compensation" means a Participant's earned income, including wages,
            salaries, fees for professional services, other amounts received for
            personal services actually rendered in the course of employment with
            the Employer or an  Affiliate,  and other  amounts of earned  income
            delineated under Treasury regulation section 1.415-2(d).
        (6) "Social Security  Retirement Age" means the age under section 216(l)
            of the  Social  Security  Act,  except  that such  section  shall be
            applied  without  regard to the age increase  factor and as if early
            retirement age under section 216(l)(2) of such Act is 62.
The above  limitations are intended to comply with the provisions of section 415
of the Code, so that the maximum benefits  provided by plans of the Employer and
Affiliates  shall be exactly equal to the maximum  amounts allowed under section
415 of the Code and regulations thereunder.

6.5 Distribution of Annuity Contract

The  Administrator  may, in its sole  discretion,  direct the  distribution of a
Contract to any Member who has retired or whose  employment has terminated.  Any
such Contract  shall provide for payments in an amount equal to the benefits due
the Member under the Plan. Delivery of any such Contract to a Member shall be in
full  satisfaction  of the Member's rights under the Plan, and upon the delivery
of such Contract to a Member,  the Member shall have no further  interest in the
Trust Fund,  but shall look solely to the insurer  issuing such Contract for the
payment of his benefits.

<PAGE>

6.6 Reemployment  After Benefit  Commencement but Prior to Normal Retirement Age

If a Member whose  benefits  under the Plan have  commenced is  reemployed as an
Employee  before  his Normal  Retirement  Age,  his  benefit  payments  shall be
discontinued  and  shall  not be  paid  or  accrue  during  the  period  of such
reemployment,  his previous election of form of payment shall be cancelled,  and
he shall have the Vesting  Service and Benefit Service he had at the time of his
retirement  reinstated.  Upon his subsequent  retirement,  his eligibility for a
benefit and the amount of the benefit shall be determined,  calculated, and paid
as if he were then first retired based upon such reinstated  Vesting Service and
Benefit  Service,  plus Vesting Service and Benefit Service earned following the
date of reemployment,  but such benefit shall be actuarially  reduced to account
for  any  retirement  benefit  payments  he  may  have  received  prior  to  his
reemployment.  In no event will a Member's  retirement benefit at his subsequent
retirement  (prior to reduction  for any benefit  payments he may have  received
prior to his reemployment) be less than his benefit at his prior retirement.

The foregoing notwithstanding,  if a Member who is reemployed as described above
subsequently  reaches  his Normal  Retirement  Age and is  employed at a rate of
fewer than 40 Hours of  Service  per month,  he shall be  entitled  to receive a
normal  retirement  benefit  during such period of  reemployment.  Such payments
shall continue  every month  thereafter  until his rate of employment  equals at
least 40 Hours of  Service  per  month,  at  which  time his  benefits  shall be
suspended under the terms and conditions described in section 6.7.

6.7  Reemployment   After  Benefit   Commencement  and  After  Attaining  Normal
Retirement  Age 

If a Member whose  benefits  under the Plan have  commenced is  reemployed as an
Employee  after  his  Normal  Retirement  Age at a rate of at  least 40 Hours of
Service per month,  his benefit  payments shall be discontinued and shall not be
paid or accrue during the period of such reemployment,  his previous election of
form of payment  shall be cancelled,  and he shall have the Vesting  Service and
Benefit Service he had at the time of his retirement reinstated. Such suspension
of benefits  shall be done in accordance  with  Department  of Labor  regulation
section  2530.203-3 and shall include the notice  described in section 6.8. Upon
his subsequent  retirement,  his eligibility for a benefit and the amount of the
benefit  shall be  determined,  calculated,  and paid as if he were  then  first
retired  based upon such  reinstated  Vesting  Service and Benefit  Service plus
Vesting Service and Benefit Service earned  following the date of  reemployment,
but such  benefit  shall be  actuarially  reduced to account for any  retirement
benefit  payments he may have received  prior to his  reemployment.  In no event
will a Member's retirement benefit at subsequent  retirement (prior to reduction
for any benefit payments he may have received prior to his reemployment) be less
than his benefit at his prior retirement.

If a Member is reemployed as an Employee after his Normal Retirement Age and his
rate of  employment  is for less than 40 Hours of Service  per  month,  he shall
receive the same type and amount of benefit  payment he was  entitled to receive
preceding his  reemployment  during such period of  reemployment.  Such payments
shall continue  every month  thereafter  until his rate of employment  equals at
least 40 Hours of  Service  per  month,  at  which  time his  benefits  shall be
suspended as described above.

6.8 Suspension of Benefits Notice and Procedures

If an  Employee's  benefits  are to be  suspended  after age 65,  the Plan shall
notify the Employee,  by personal  delivery or first class mail during the first
calendar  month  in  which  the  Plan  withholds  payments,  that  benefits  are
suspended.  The notice shall contain-- 
    (a) a general description of the reasons why payments are suspended;
    (b) a general  description of the Plan provisions relating to the suspension
        of benefits;
    (c) a copy of such Plan provisions;
    (d) a statement that applicable Department of Labor regulations may be found
        in section 2530.203-3 of the Code of Federal Regulations;
    (e) a statement that a review of the  suspension may be requested  under the
        claims procedure prescribed in section 11.11;
    (f) if the Plan  requires a benefit  resumption  notice,  the  procedure and
        forms; and
    (g) if the Plan  requires  verification  by the  Employee  that his benefits
        should not be suspended,  the procedure and forms for such verification.
     
The  Plan  shall  adopt  a  procedure   whereby  an  individual  may  request  a
determination  of whether  specific  contemplated  employment  after age 65 will
result in a suspension of benefits.

<PAGE>

6.9 Distribution for Minor Beneficiary

In the  event  that a  distribution  is to be made to a minor  Beneficiary,  the
Administrator may, in its sole discretion, direct that such distribution be paid
to the Beneficiary's legal guardian, or if none, to a parent of such Beneficiary
or a responsible adult with whom the Beneficiary maintains his residence,  or to
the custodian for such Beneficiary  under the Uniform Transfers to Minors Act or
Transfers  to Minors Act, if such is permitted by the laws of the state in which
the  Beneficiary  resides.  Such a payment to the legal  guardian or parent of a
minor  Beneficiary  shall fully discharge the Trustee,  Employer,  and Plan from
further liability on account thereof.

6.10 Effect of Social Security Act

Benefits being paid to a Participant or Beneficiary under the terms of this Plan
may not be decreased by reason of any  post-separation  Social Security  benefit
increases  or by  reason of any  increase  in the  Social  Security  Wage  Base.
Benefits  in which an  Inactive  Participant  has a Vested  interest  may not be
decreased by reason of an increase in a benefit level or in the Social  Security
Wage Base.


Article VII. Distribution

7.1 Normal Form of Payment

    (a) Unmarried  Members.  The normal  form of payment  for a Member who has a
        nonforfeitable  right to all or a portion of his Accrued Benefit and who
        is  not  married  on the  Annuity  Starting  Date  shall  be a  ten-year
        certain-and-life annuity.
    (b) Married  Members.  The  normal  form of  payment  for a Member who has a
        nonforfeitable  right to all or a portion of his Accrued Benefit and who
        is  married  on  the  Annuity  Starting  Date  shall  be  the  Actuarial
        Equivalent of a ten-year certain-and-life annuity payable as a Qualified
        Joint and Survivor Annuity.

7.2 Waiver of Normal Form of Payment.

    (a) Election to Waive. Each Member may elect to waive, or revoke an election
        to waive,  the normal form of benefit  prescribed under section 7.1. Any
        such election to waive or revocation of such election may be made at any
        time during the 90-day  period ending on the Member's  Annuity  Starting
        Date.
    (b) Spousal  Consent.  An election to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor
        normal form of benefit under section 7.1(b) shall not take effect unless
        the spouse of the Member  consents in writing to such  election and such
        consent acknowledges the effect of such election, the specific nonspouse
        Beneficiary  or  Beneficiaries,  if any, the specific  optional  form of
        benefit  chosen,  and  is  witnessed  by  a  person  designated  by  the
        Administrator  or a notary  public.  Spousal  consent to a waiver of the
        Qualified Joint and Survivor  Annuity form of benefit shall be effective
        only with  respect to the spouse  signing  the  consent and shall not be
        required  if  the  Member   establishes  to  the   satisfaction  of  the
        Administrator  that such consent may not be obtained  because of reasons
        described in the Code or regulations thereunder.
<PAGE>

    (c) Notice  Requirement.  The Administrator shall provide to each Member (by
        mail or personal  delivery),  no less than 30 days nor more than 90 days
        before the Member's  Annuity  Starting Date, a written  explanation with
        respect to the normal form of benefits.  Such explanation  shall provide
        the information required pursuant to subsection (d).
    (d) Written  Explanation.  The  written  explanation  required  pursuant  to
        subsection  (c) shall  describe the terms and  conditions  of the normal
        form of  benefit,  the  Member's  right to make (and the  effect  of) an
        election  to waive such  annuity,  the right of the  Member's  spouse to
        consent in writing to such waiver, and the right to make (and the effect
        of) a revocation of an election to waive such annuity. In addition, such
        notice shall  describe the  eligibility  conditions  and other  material
        features and relative values of optional forms of benefits.

7.3 Optional Forms of Payment

    (a) Election. In lieu of the normal form of payment prescribed under section
        7.1, a Member  may elect to  receive  the  Actuarial  Equivalent  of his
        Accrued  Benefit  under an  optional  form of  payment  described  under
        subsection (b). A Member's election to receive his Accrued Benefit under
        an  optional  form of  benefit  must be in writing  in  accordance  with
        section 7.2 and filed with the  Administrator  within a reasonable  time
        (as determined by the Administrator) before the Annuity Starting Date.

        If the  Present  Value  of a  Member's  nonforfeitable  Accrued  Benefit
        exceeds  $3,500  (or  such  greater  amount  as  promulgated  by  law or
        regulations), any election to receive a lump sum payment shall include a
        waiver of an immediately  payable benefit in the normal form pursuant to
        section 7.2.
    (b) Optional  Forms of  Payment.  The  Actuarial  Equivalent  of a  Member's
        Accrued  Benefit  under this Plan to which the Member is or will  become
        entitled shall be payable in an optional form as follows:
        (1) Benefits  Commencing  Prior to Age 55. For  Members  whose  benefits
            commence  prior  to age  55,  the  only  optional  form  of  payment
            available  shall be a lump sum payment equal to the Present Value of
            the Member's nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit.
        (2) Benefit Commencing At or After Age 55. Except as otherwise provided,
            for  Members  whose  benefits  commence  at or  after  age  55,  the
            following optional forms of payment shall be available:
            (A) a  joint  and  survivor   annuity   providing   reduced  monthly
                retirement  benefits  payable  to the  Member  for life and to a
                surviving  named  Beneficiary in an amount equal to 100 percent,
                75  percent,  or 50  percent  of the  retired  Member's  reduced
                benefit;
            (B) a single life  annuity  providing  monthly  retirement  benefits
                payable  to the  Member  for  life  provided  that  such  Member
                commenced  participation  in the Plan prior to November 1, 1992,
                and then,  only with  respect to that  portion  of the  Member's
                Accrued Benefit determined as of October 31, 1992;
            (C) payments   over  a  period   certain  in   monthly,   quarterly,
                semiannual, or annual installments; or
            (D) a lump sum payment,  equal to the Present  Value of the Member's
                nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit.

7.4 Payment of Small Amounts

If the Present Value of the nonforfeitable portion of a Member's Accrued Benefit
does not  exceed  $3,500  (or  such  greater  amount  as  promulgated  by law or
regulation),  the  Administrator  shall  direct  that such amount be paid to the
Member in a lump sum payment as soon as administratively  feasible following the
Member's Break in Service.

7.5 Consent to Early Distribution

In order for a Member's election to begin receiving benefits prior to his Normal
Retirement  Age to be  valid,  the  Member  must  consent  in  writing  to  such
distribution.

A Member's  consent  under this section 7.5 shall not be valid unless the Member
received the written notice and explanation provided under section 7.2(c).

Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  a Member's  consent shall not be required if an
immediate lump sum distribution is made pursuant to section 7.4.

<PAGE>

7.6 Direct Rollovers of Eligible Rollover Distributions

Effective  for Plan Years  beginning  on or after  November 1, 1993 a Member who
receives a distribution  under the Plan that qualifies as an "eligible  rollover
distribution"  under Code section 402(c)(4) may elect, in a manner prescribed by
the  Administrator to directly  rollover of all of part such  distribution to an
"eligible retirement plan" as defined under Code section 402(c)(8)(B).

7.7 Required Distributions and Restrictions on Distributions

    (a) General  Rule.  Notwithstanding  anything  in the Plan to the  contrary,
        unless the Member  otherwise  elects in  writing,  distribution  to such
        Member shall not commence later than the sixtieth day after the close of
        the Plan Year in which occurs the latest of the  following  events:  
        (1) the Member attains Normal Retirement Age;
        (2) the Member  attains  the tenth  anniversary  of the date on which he
            became a Participant under the Plan; or
        (3) the Member's Break in Service.
    (b) Latest Allowable Commencement Dates.  Notwithstanding anything contained
        in the Plan to the contrary, except as provided under paragraphs (2) and
        (3), a Member's  benefits  under the Plan shall  commence  no later than
        April 1  following  the  calendar  year in which he attains  age 70 1/2,
        regardless of whether his employment with the Company and its Affiliates
        has terminated.

        Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  a Member who is a Five-Percent Owner at
        any time  during the Plan Year  ending in or with the  calendar  year in
        which such Participant attains age 66 1/2, or during any subsequent Plan
        Year,  shall in any event  commence to have his benefits  distributed to
        him no later than the April 1 following  the calendar year in which such
        Member attains age 70 1/2, regardless of whether he has incurred a Break
        in Service.

    (c) Periodic  Benefit  Payments.  No election of an optional form of payment
        under the Plan will be effective  unless the Member's total benefit will
        be distributed  over a period that will not exceed-- 
        (1) the life of the Member;
        (2) the lives of the Member and the Member's designated Beneficiary; or
        (3) a period  certain  not  extending  beyond  the  joint  life and last
            survivor  expectancy  of the  Member  and  the  Member's  designated
            Beneficiary.
    (d) Required  Distributions  Where  Member  Dies Before  Entire  Interest is
        Distributed.
        (1) If benefits  have  commenced  and the Member dies prior to receiving
            his entire  interest under the Plan,  the remaining  portion of such
            interest shall be distributed to his designated Beneficiary at least
            as  rapidly  as under the  method of  distribution  selected  by the
            Member.
        (2) If the Member dies prior to the  commencement  of benefits under the
            Plan and the  Member  has not  designated  a  Beneficiary,  any such
            remaining  interest payable shall be fully paid within the five-year
            period following his death.
        (3) If--
            (A) any portion of the Member's benefits are payable to a designated
                Beneficiary,
            (B) such  portion  will  be  distributed   over  the  life  of  such
                designated Beneficiary or over a period not extending beyond the
                life expectancy of the Beneficiary, and
            (C) such distributions  begin not later than one year after the date
                of the Member's  death,  or such later date as the  Secretary of
                the Treasury may by regulations prescribe,  the portion referred
                to in paragraph  (3)(A) shall be treated as  distributed  within
                the time required under paragraph (2).
        (4) If the designated Beneficiary referred to in paragraph (3)(A) is the
            surviving spouse of the Member, the date on which  distributions are
            required to begin under  paragraph  (3)(C) shall not be earlier than
            the date on which the Member would have attained age 70 1/2.
    (e) Distributions  to be  Made  in  Accordance  with  Treasury  Regulations.
        Distributions  under the Plan shall be made in accordance  with Treasury
        regulations under Code section 401(a)(9),  including Treasury regulation
        section 1.401(a)(9)-2.
<PAGE>

7.8 Withholding Taxes

The Trustee may withhold from any payment under this Plan any taxes  required to
be withheld with respect to  contributions  or benefits under this Plan and such
sum as the Employer or Trustee may reasonably estimate as necessary to cover any
taxes for which they may be liable  and which may be  assessed  with  respect to
contributions or benefits under this Plan.

7.9 Notice of Address

Each person entitled to benefits from the Plan must file with the Administrator,
in writing,  his post office address and each change of post office  address.  A
communication,  statement,  or notice addressed to any such person at his latest
reported  post office  address  will be binding upon him for all purposes of the
Plan,  and neither the  Administrator,  the  Company,  nor the Trustee  shall be
obliged to search for or ascertain his whereabouts.


Article VIII. Preretirement Death Benefits

8.1 Preretirement Death Benefits--Married Participants
    (a) Eligibility.  In the case of a Member who has a nonforfeitable  right to
        all or a portion of his Accrued Benefit, who has a surviving spouse, and
        who dies prior to his Annuity  Starting Date (whether or not such Member
        is employed by the Company or an  Affiliate),  there shall be payable to
        his surviving spouse a Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity.
    (b) Marriage  Requirement.   Notwithstanding  subsection  (a),  a  Qualified
        Preretirement  Survivor  Annuity shall not be provided unless the Member
        and his spouse were married  through the one-year  period  ending on the
        date of the Member's death.
    (c) Commencement.  Payment of the Qualified  Preretirement  Survivor Annuity
        shall  commence on the date  selected by the  surviving  spouse,  but no
        later than the date that would have been the Member's Normal  Retirement
        Date.

        If a Member's spouse elects to have the Qualified Preretirement Survivor
        Annuity begin prior to the date that would have been the Member's Normal
        Retirement  Date,  the amount of  benefit  payable  under the  Qualified
        Preretirement  Survivor  Annuity shall be reduced in accordance with the
        reductions for early  commencement of deferred vested retirement benefit
        payments specified in section 6.3(b)(2).

        If a Member's  spouse elects to defer the  commencement of the Qualified
        Preretirement  Survivor Annuity, the amount of the benefit payable under
        the Qualified  Preretirement  Survivor Annuity shall be increased (as if
        the Member had  deferred  commencement  of his  benefit) to reflect such
        deferred commencement.

    (d) Election to Waive.  Each Member  eligible for a  Preretirement  Survivor
        Annuity under this section 8.1 may elect to waive, or revoke an election
        to  waive,  the  Qualified  Preretirement  Survivor  Annuity.  Any  such
        election to waive,  or revocation of such  election,  may be made at any
        time  within the period  beginning  on the first day of the Plan Year in
        which the Member  attains age 35 and ending on the date of the  Member's
        death. In the case of a Member whose  termination of employment with the
        Employer and all  nonparticipating  Affiliates occurs prior to the first
        day of the Plan Year in which the Member  attains  age 35, the  election
        and  revocation  period  with  respect to benefits  accrued  before such
        termination of employment  shall begin on the date of such  termination.
        An election to waive the Qualified  Preretirement Survivor Annuity under
        this  subsection  8.1 shall not take  effect  unless  the  spouse of the
        Member   consents  in  writing  to  such   election   and  such  consent
        acknowledges  the  effect  of  such  election,  the  specific  nonspouse
        Beneficiary  or  Beneficiaries,  if any, the specific  optional  form of
        benefit  chosen,  and  is  witnessed  by  a  person  designated  by  the
        Administrator  or a notary  public.  Spousal  consent to a waiver of the
        Qualified  Preretirement  Survivor  Annuity shall be effective only with
        respect to the spouse  signing  the consent and shall not be required if
        the Member  establishes to the  satisfaction of the  Administrator  that
        such  consent may not be obtained  because of reasons  described  in the
        Code or regulations thereunder.
<PAGE>

    (e) Notice Requirements.  The Administrator shall provide to each Member (by
        mail or personal  delivery),  within the period beginning with the first
        day of the Plan Year in which the Member  attains age 32 and ending with
        the close of the Plan Year  preceding  the Plan Year in which the Member
        attains  age 35, a written  explanation  with  respect to the  Qualified
        Preretirement  Survivor  Annuity.  If a Member enters the Plan after the
        first day of the Plan Year in which he attains age 32, the Administrator
        shall provide the  explanation no later than the close of the third Plan
        Year following the Member's entry into the Plan. Such explanation  shall
        provide the information required pursuant to section 7.2(d).
    (c) Lump  Sum  Form  of  Payment.  If the  Present  Value  of the  Qualified
        Preretirement Survivor Annuity payable under this section 8.1--
        (1) does not exceed $3,500 (or such greater amount as promulgated by law
            or regulations),  the Administrator shall direct that such amount be
            paid in a lump sum; or
        (2) exceeds  $3,500,  the Member's  spouse may elect to have such amount
            paid in a lump sum as soon as  administratively  feasible  following
            the Member's death.

8.2 Preretirement Death Benefit--Unmarried Participants

    (a) Eligibility.  In the case of a Member who has a nonforfeitable  right to
        all or a portion of his Accrued Benefit, who is unmarried,  and who dies
        prior to his  Annuity  Starting  Date  (whether  or not such  Member  is
        employed by the Company or an Affiliate),  there shall be payable to his
        Beneficiary a preretirement death benefit.
    (b) Amount.  The amount of the  preretirement  death  benefit shall equal 50
        percent of the Member's Accrued Benefit as of his date of death.
    (c) Form of Payment.  The  preretirement  death  benefit  payable under this
        section 8.2 shall be paid in the form of an  immediate  lump sum payment
        equal to the Present Value of the amount payable  pursuant to subsection
        (b) above.
    (d) Commencement. Payment of the preretirement death benefit to the Member's
        Beneficiary  shall  be made as  soon  as is  administratively  practical
        following the Member's death.


Article IX. Beneficiary Designation

9.1 Beneficiary Designation

Each Member may designate, upon such forms as shall be provided for that purpose
by the Administrator,  a Beneficiary or Beneficiaries to receive his interest in
the Plan in the event of his death,  but the  designation  of a  Beneficiary  or
Beneficiaries  shall not be  effective  for any purpose  unless and until it has
been filed by the Member with the Administrator.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,
in the case of a married Member,  the  Beneficiary  shall be the Member's spouse
unless the Member has designated  another person as Beneficiary,  the spouse has
consented in writing to such designation,  such consent  acknowledges the effect
of such  election,  and the  designation of the specific  nonspouse  beneficiary
(including any class of beneficiaries or any contingent beneficiaries), and such
consent is witnessed by a plan  representative or a notary public.  The spouse's
consent  shall not be  required  if the  spouse  cannot be located or because of
other circumstances specified by Treasury regulations.

Subject  to the  above,  in the  event  that  a  Member  does  not  designate  a
Beneficiary or Beneficiaries in the same manner as heretofore  stated, or if for
any reason such  designation is legally  ineffective,  or if such Beneficiary or
Beneficiaries  predecease the Member or die simultaneously with him or die prior
to the complete distribution of the Participant's benefits under the Plan, then,
for  purposes  of the Plan,  distribution  shall be made by the  Trustee  in the
following order of priority to: 
    (a) the Participant's surviving spouse;
    (b) the Participant's  surviving  children,  including adopted children,  in
        equal shares;
    (c) the Participant's surviving parents, in equal shares; or
    (d) the Participant's estate.



<PAGE>

Article X. Trustee

10.1 General Responsibilities of Trustee

The Trustee shall have the following  general  responsibilities  with respect to
the Plan: 

    (a) Consistent with the Plan's Funding Policy and Method,  the Trustee shall
        invest,  manage, and control the Plan's assets.  However, if the Company
        appoints  an  Investment  Manager  pursuant  to  section  11.1(c),   the
        Trustee's  responsibility over the Plan's assets shall be subject to the
        Investment Manager's direction with respect to the portion of the Plan's
        assets managed by the Investment Manager.
    (b) At the  direction  of the  Administrator,  the  Trustee  shall  pay  any
        benefits  that are owing  from the Plan-- 
        (1) to the Member to whom such benefits are payable, or
        (2) in the event of the Member's death, to the Member's Beneficiary.
    (c) The Trustee  shall  maintain  records of its receipts and  disbursements
        relating  to  the  Plan,   and  shall  furnish  to  the  Company  and/or
        Administrator  a written  annual report for each Fiscal Year pursuant to
        section 10.6.
    (d) If the Company appoints more than one Trustee, the Trustees shall act by
        a majority of their  number,  but the Company may  authorize one or more
        Trustees to execute any documents  relating to the Plan on behalf of all
        of the Trustees.

10.2 Investment Powers and Duties of Trustee

    (a) The Trustee  shall  invest and reinvest the Trust Fund to keep the Trust
        Fund invested without  distinction  between  principal and income and in
        such securities or property, real or personal, wherever situated, as the
        Trustee shall deem  advisable,  including,  but not limited to,  stocks,
        common or  preferred,  bonds  and other  evidences  of  indebtedness  or
        ownership,  and real  estate or any  interest  in such real  estate.  In
        making  investments  of the Trust Fund,  the Trustee  shall at all times
        consider,  on the basis of  information  furnished by the Employer,  the
        Plan's short- and long-term  financial  needs;  among other factors.  In
        making  such  investments,  the  Trustee  shall  not  be  restricted  to
        securities or other  property of the character  expressly  authorized by
        the applicable  law for trust  investments;  however,  the Trustee shall
        give due  regard to any  limitations  imposed  by the Code or the Act so
        that at all times  this Plan may meet the  requirements  of a  qualified
        retirement plan.
    (b) The Trustee may employ a bank or trust  company in  accordance  with the
        terms of its usual and  customary  bank  agency  agreement,  pursuant to
        which the duties of such bank or trust  company shall be of a custodial,
        clerical, and recordkeeping nature.
    (c) The Trustee  may,  from time to time,  with the consent of the  Company,
        transfer to a common, collective, or pooled trust fund maintained by any
        corporate Trustee  hereunder,  all or such part of the Trust Fund as the
        Trustee  may deem  advisable,  and such part or all of the Trust Fund so
        transferred  shall be  subject  to all the terms and  provisions  of the
        common,   collective,   or  pooled  trust  fund  which  contemplate  the
        commingling  for  investment  purposes  of such trust  assets with trust
        assets of other  trusts.  The Trustee may,  from time to time,  with the
        consent of the Company, withdraw from such common, collective, or pooled
        trust  fund all or such part of the Trust Fund as the  Trustee  may deem
        advisable.
    (d) If any  Policies  have been  issued  under the Plan to insure  the death
        benefits to be provided by the Plan,  the Trustee,  at the  direction of
        the  Administrator,  shall  apply for,  own,  and pay  premiums  on such
        Policies.   All  such   Policies   shall,   at  the   direction  of  the
        Administrator,  be  surrendered  to the  insurer for their cash value or
        transferred  to the  Member  under the terms of this Plan.  The  Trustee
        shall  convert the entire value of Policies at  retirement  into cash or
        provide for a periodic  income (under the terms of this Plan) so that no
        portion of such value may be used to continue life insurance protection.

<PAGE>

10.3 Other Powers of Trustee

The  Trustee,  in  addition  to all powers and  authorities  under  common  law,
statutory authority, including the Act, and other provisions of this Plan, shall
have the following powers and authorities, to be exercised in the Trustee's sole
discretion.  
    (a) To purchase or subscribe for any  securities or other  property,  and to
        retain such  securities.  In purchasing any securities,  margin accounts
        may be opened and maintained.
    (b) To sell,  exchange,  convey,  transfer,  grant  options to purchase,  or
        otherwise  dispose  of any  securities  or  other  property  held by the
        Trustee,  by private  contract or at public  auction.  No person dealing
        with  the  Trustee  shall  be  bound  to see to the  application  of the
        purchase money or to inquire into the validity, expediency, or propriety
        of any such sale or other disposition, with or without advertisement.
    (c) To vote upon any stocks, bonds, or other securities;  to give general or
        special  proxies  or  powers  of  attorney  with  or  without  power  of
        substitution;  to  exercise  any  conversion  privileges,   subscription
        rights,  or other options,  and to make any payments  incidental to such
        actions;  to oppose,  or to consent  to, or  otherwise  participate  in,
        corporate   reorganizations   or  other  changes   affecting   corporate
        securities, to delegate discretionary powers, and to pay any assessments
        or charges in connection  with such  actions;  and generally to exercise
        any of the powers of an owner with respect to stocks, bonds, securities,
        or other property.
    (d) To cause  any  securities  or other  property  to be  registered  in the
        Trustee's  own  name or in the  name  of one or  more  of the  Trustee's
        nominees, and to hold any investments in bearer form; however, the books
        and  records  of the  Trustee  shall  at all  times  show  that all such
        investments are part of the Trust Fund.
    (e) To borrow or raise money for the  purposes  of the Plan in such  amount,
        and upon such terms and conditions, as the Trustee shall deem advisable;
        and for any sum so borrowed,  to issue a promissory note as Trustee, and
        to secure the  repayment of such note by pledging  all, or any part,  of
        the Trust Fund. No person lending money to the Trustee shall be bound to
        see  to the  application  of the  money  lent  or to  inquire  into  the
        validity, expediency, or propriety of any borrowing.
    (f) To keep such  portion of the Trust Fund in cash or cash  balances as the
        Trustee may, from time to time,  deem to be in the best interests of the
        Plan, without liability for interest on such amounts.
    (g) To accept and retain for such time as the Trustee may deem advisable any
        securities or other property received or acquired as Trustee, whether or
        not such  securities or other  property  would  normally be purchased as
        investments under the Plan.
    (h) To make, execute, acknowledge, and deliver any documents of transfer and
        conveyance,   and  any  other  instruments  that  may  be  necessary  or
        appropriate to carry out the powers granted in such documents.
    (i) To settle,  compromise,  or submit to arbitration any claims,  debts, or
        damages due or owing to or from the Plan; to commence or defend suits or
        legal or  administrative  proceedings;  and to represent the Plan in all
        suits and legal and administrative proceedings.
    (j) To employ  suitable  agents  and  counsel,  and to pay their  reasonable
        expenses and compensation. Such agent or counsel may or may not be agent
        or counsel for the Company.
    (k) To apply for and procure from  responsible  insurance  companies,  to be
        selected by the Administrator,  as an investment of the Trust Fund, such
        annuity  or  other  Contracts  (on the life of any  Participant)  as the
        Administrator  shall deem proper; to exercise,  at any time or from time
        to time,  whatever  rights  and  privileges  may be  granted  under such
        annuity or other  Contracts;  to  collect,  receive,  and settle for the
        proceeds of all such annuity or other  Contracts as and when entitled to
        do so under the provisions of such annuity or other Contracts.
    (l) To  invest  funds of the  Trust in time  deposits  or  savings  accounts
        bearing a reasonable rate of interest in the Trustee's bank.
    (m) To invest in Treasury Bills and other forms of United States  Government
        obligations.
    (n) To deposit monies in federally  insured savings accounts or certificates
        of deposit in banks or savings and loan associations.
    (o) To pool all or any of the Trust  Fund,  from time to time,  with  assets
        belonging to any other qualified  employee pension benefit trust created
        by  the  Employer  or an  affiliated  company  of the  Employer,  and to
        commingle  such  assets and make joint or common  investments  and carry
        joint  accounts  on behalf of this Plan and such other  trust or trusts,
        allocating undivided shares or interests in such investments or accounts
        or any pooled assets of the two or more trusts in accordance  with their
        respective interests.
    (p) To do all  such  acts  and  exercise  all such  rights  and  privileges,
        although not specifically mentioned in the Plan, as the Trustee may deem
        necessary  to carry out the  purposes of the Plan.  

<PAGE>

Except as otherwise authorized,  the Trustee shall be prohibited from selling or
purchasing stock options. The Trustee shall be expressly authorized to write and
sell call options under which the holder of the option has the right to purchase
shares of stock held by the  Trustee as part of the  Trust's  assets;  provided,
however,  that such  options are traded and sold  through a national  securities
exchange registered under the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended;  and
provided  further,  that the exchange  through which such options are traded and
sold is  authorized  to provide a market for option  contracts  pursuant to Rule
9B-1 of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended;  and provided further,
that the  Trustee  at all  times up to and  including  the time of  exercise  or
expiration of any such option holds sufficient stock among the Trust's assets to
meet the obligations under such option if exercised.

In addition,  the Trustee shall be expressly  authorized to purchase and acquire
call options for the purchase of shares of stock  covered by such options if the
options  are  traded  and  purchased  through  a  national  securities  exchange
registered  under the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  as amended;  provided,
however,  that any such call option is purchased  solely in a "closing  purchase
transaction." For purposes of this section 10.3, a closing purchase  transaction
shall mean the purchase of an  exchange-traded  call option, the effect of which
is to reduce or  eliminate  the  Trustee's  obligations  with respect to a stock
option  contract  which  the  Trustee  has  previously  written  and  sold  in a
transaction authorized above.

10.4 Duties of Trustee Regarding Payments

At the direction of the Administrator,  the Trustee shall, from time to time, in
accordance  with the Plan's  terms,  make  payments  out of the Trust Fund.  The
Trustee  shall  not be  responsible  in any  way  for  the  application  of such
payments.

10.5 Trustee's Compensation and Expenses and Taxes

The Trustee shall be paid such  reasonable  compensation  as the Company and the
Trustee shall from time to time agree upon in writing.  An individual serving as
Trustee who already  receives  full-time pay from the Employer shall not receive
compensation  from this Plan. In addition,  the Trustee shall be reimbursed  for
any reasonable  expenses,  including  reasonable  counsel fees incurred by it as
Trustee. Such compensation and expenses shall be paid from the Trust Fund unless
paid or  advanced  by the  Company.  All taxes of any kind that may be levied or
assessed under existing or future laws upon, or in respect of, the Trust Fund or
the Trust Fund's income, shall be paid from the Trust Fund.

10.6 Annual Report of Trustee

Within 60 days  after the later of the  Anniversary  Date or the  receipt of the
Employer's  contribution  for each Fiscal Year, the Trustee shall furnish to the
Employer and the  Administrator  a written  statement of account with respect to
the Fiscal Year for which such  contribution  was made,  setting forth-- 
    (a) the net income, or loss, of the Trust Fund;
    (b) the  gains,  or losses,  realized  by the Trust Fund upon sales or other
        disposition of the assets;
    (c) the increase, or decrease, in the value of the Trust Fund;
    (d) all payments and distributions made from the Trust Fund; and
    (e) such  further  information  as the Trustee  and/or  Administrator  deems
        appropriate.  The  Employer,  forthwith  upon its  receipt  of each such
        statement of account,  shall  acknowledge  receipt of such  statement in
        writing  and  shall  advise  the  Trustee  and/or  Administrator  of its
        approval or  disapproval of such  statement.  Failure by the Employer to
        disapprove any such statement  within 30 days after its receipt shall be
        deemed an approval of such  statement.  The  approval by the Employer of
        any statement of account shall be binding as to all matters contained in
        such  statement  as between  the  Employer  and the  Trustee to the same
        extent as if the account of the Trustee had been  settled by judgment or
        decree in an action for a judicial  settlement of its account in a court
        of competent  jurisdiction in which the Trustee,  the Employer,  and all
        persons  having  or  claiming  an  interest  in the Plan  were  parties;
        provided, however, that nothing in this subsection (e) shall deprive the
        Trustee  of its right to have its  accounts  judicially  settled  if the
        Trustee so desires.

<PAGE>

10.7 Audit

    (a) If either the Act or the  regulations  under the Act  require the Plan's
        records to be audited for any Plan Year, the Administrator  shall direct
        the Trustee to engage an independent  qualified  public account for such
        purpose on behalf of all Members.  Such accountant shall, after an audit
        of the  books  and  records  of the Plan in  accordance  with  generally
        accepted auditing standards,  within a reasonable period after the close
        of the Plan Year,  furnish to the Administrator and the Trustee a report
        of the audit setting forth the  accountant's  opinion as to whether each
        of the following statements, schedules, or lists, or any others that are
        required by section 103 of the Act or the Secretary of Labor to be filed
        with the Plan's annual report,  are presented  fairly in conformity with
        generally accepted accounting principles applied consistently:
        (1) statement of the assets and liabilities of the Plan;
        (2) statement of changes in net assets available to the Plan;
        (3) statement  of receipts and  disbursements,  a schedule of all assets
            held for investment  purposes,  and a schedule of all loans or fixed
            income obligations in default at the close of the Plan Year;
        (4) a list of all  leases in default  or  uncollectible  during the Plan
            Year;
        (5) the most recent annual  statement of assets and  liabilities  of any
            bank  common or  collective  trust  fund in which  Plan  assets  are
            invested or such information  regarding  separate accounts or trusts
            with a bank or  insurance  company as the Trustee and  Administrator
            deem necessary; and
        (6) a schedule of each  transaction or series of transactions  involving
            an amount in excess of three  percent of Plan  assets.  All auditing
            and  accounting  fees shall be an expense of the Trust Fund and may,
            at the election of the Administrator, be paid from the Trust Fund.
    (b) If some or all of the information  necessary to enable the Administrator
        to comply with section 103 of the Act is maintained by a bank, insurance
        company, or similar institution, regulated and supervised and subject to
        periodic examination by a state or federal agency, it shall transmit and
        certify  the  accuracy  of  that  information  to the  Administrator  as
        provided  in section  103(b) of the Act within 120 days after the end of
        the Plan Year or such other date as may be prescribed under  regulations
        of the Secretary of Labor.

10.8 Resignation, Removal, and Succession of Trustee

    (a) The  Trustee may resign at any time by  delivering  to the  Company,  at
        least  30  days  before  its  effective   date,  a  written   notice  of
        resignation.
    (b) The Company may remove the Trustee by mailing by registered or certified
        mail,  addressed to such Trustee at its last known address,  at least 30
        days before its effective date, a written notice of removal.
    (c) Upon the death,  resignation,  incapacity,  or removal of any Trustee, a
        successor  may  be  appointed  by the  Employer.  Such  successor,  upon
        acceptance of its  appointment in writing and delivery of its acceptance
        to the Company,  shall,  without further act, become vested with all the
        estate, rights, powers, discretions,  and duties of its predecessor with
        like respect as if it were originally  named as a Trustee.  Until such a
        successor is  appointed,  the remaining  Trustee or Trustees  shall have
        full authority to act under the terms of this Plan.
    (d) The Company may  designate  one or more  successors  prior to the death,
        resignation,  incapacity,  or  removal  of a  Trustee.  In the  event  a
        successor is so designated by the Employer and accepts such designation,
        the successor  shall,  without  further act,  become vested with all the
        estate, rights, powers, discretions,  and duties of its predecessor with
        the like effect as if it were  originally  named as Trustee  immediately
        upon the death, resignation, incapacity, or removal of its predecessor.
    (e) Whenever any Trustee under the Plan ceases to serve as Trustee, it shall
        furnish to the Employer  and the  Administrator  a written  statement of
        account  with  respect to the portion of the Fiscal Year during which it
        served as Trustee. This statement shall be either--
        (1) included as part of the annual  statement  of account for the Fiscal
            Year required under section 10.6; or
        (2) set forth in a special  statement,  which shall be  submitted to the
            Employer  no  later  than the due date of the  annual  statement  of
            account for the Fiscal Year.


<PAGE>

The  procedures  set forth in section  10.6 for the  approval by the Employer of
annual  statements  of account  shall apply to any special  statement of account
rendered  pursuant to this  subsection  (e), and approval by the Employer of any
such  special  statement  in the manner  provided in section 10.6 shall have the
same effect upon the statement as the Employer's approval of an annual statement
of account. No successor to the Trustee shall have any duty or responsibility to
investigate the acts or  transactions  of any predecessor  that has rendered all
statements of account required by section 10.6 and this subsection (e).

10.9 Transfer of Interest

Notwithstanding  any other provision contained in this Plan, the Trustee, at the
request of a Participant and the direction of the Administrator, shall transfer,
upon a Member's One-Year Break in Service, any vested interest of such Member in
his Accrued Benefit to another trust forming part of a pension,  profit sharing,
or  stock  bonus  plan  maintained  by  such   Participant's  new  employer  and
represented  by such  employer  in writing as meeting the  requirements  of Code
section 401(a); provided, however, that the trust to which such transfer is made
is legally authorized to receive such transfers and that such transfer qualifies
for rollover treatment pursuant to Code section 402(a).

10.10 Nonreversion

The Company shall not have any right,  title,  or interest in the  contributions
made to the  Trust  Fund  under the Plan,  and no part of the Trust  Fund  shall
revert to the Company,  except that-- 
        (a) Upon  complete  termination  of the  Plan  and  the  allocation  and
            distribution  of the Trust Fund as provided  in the Plan,  any funds
            remaining  in the  Trust  Fund  because  of an  erroneous  actuarial
            computation  after the  satisfaction  of all  fixed  and  contingent
            liabilities under the Plan with respect to the Company may revert to
            the Company.
        (b) If a  contribution  is made to the Trust  Fund by the  Company  by a
            mistake  of fact,  then such  contribution  may be  returned  to the
            Company within one year after the payment of the  contribution.  Any
            contribution  by the  Company to the Trust  Fund shall be  expressly
            conditioned  upon  the  deductibility  of such  contribution  by the
            Company, and if any part or all of a contribution is disallowed as a
            deduction   under  Code  section  404,   then  to  the  extent  such
            contribution is disallowed as a deduction, it may be returned to the
            Company within one year after the disallowance.
        (c) If the Internal Revenue Service  initially  determines that the Plan
            does not meet the  requirements  of Code  section  401(a),  the Plan
            shall  be  null  and  void  from  the   Effective   Date,   and  any
            contributions  shall be  returned  to the  Company  within  one year
            following  the  determination  that  the Plan  does  not  meet  such
            requirements,  unless the Company  elects to make the changes to the
            Plan necessary to receive a determination  from the Internal Revenue
            Service that the requirements of Code section 401(a) are met.


Article XI.  Appointment of Fiduciaries and  Administration  of the Plan and the
Trust Fund

11.1 Powers and Responsibilities of Company

        (a) The Company  shall have the sole power to appoint and remove,  as it
            deems necessary, the Trustee and the Administrator in order to--
            (1) properly administer the Plan, and
            (2) assure that the Plan is being operated for the exclusive benefit
                of the Members and their  Beneficiaries  in accordance  with the
                Plan's terms, the Code, and the Act.
        (b) The Company shall establish a Funding Policy and Method. The Company
            may,  in its  discretion,  appoint a  qualified  person or entity to
            assist it in establishing a Funding Policy and Method.

            The Company shall  communicate  its Funding Policy and Method to the
            Trustee,  which shall  coordinate the Funding Policy and Method with
            the Trustee's  investment policy. Any such communication  shall not,
            however,  constitute  a  directive  to  the  Trustee  regarding  the
            investment of Trust Funds.

            The  Funding  Policy  and  Method  shall  be  consistent   with  the
            objectives of the Plan and with the  requirements  of Title I of the
            Act.
<PAGE>

    (c) The Company may, in its  discretion,  appoint an  Investment  Manager to
        manage all or a  designated  portion of the assets of the Plan.  In such
        event, the Trustee shall follow the directive of the Investment  Manager
        in investing the assets of the Plan managed by the Investment Manager.
    (d) The Company shall  periodically  review the performance of any Fiduciary
        or other  person to whom duties have been  delegated  or allocated by it
        under the provisions of this Plan or pursuant to procedures  established
        under this Plan.  This  requirement  may be satisfied by formal periodic
        review by the Company or by a qualified person  specifically  designated
        by the Company,  through day-to-day  conduct and evaluation,  or through
        other appropriate ways.

11.2 Assignment and Designation of Administrative Authority

The Company shall appoint one or more Administrators. Any person, including, but
not limited to, the Employees of the Employer,  shall be eligible to serve as an
Administrator.  Any person so appointed  shall signify his  acceptance by filing
written  acceptance with the Company.  An Administrator may resign by delivering
his written  resignation to the Company or be removed by the Company by delivery
of  written  notice  of  removal,  to take  effect at a date  specified  in such
resignation  or notice,  or upon  delivery  to the  Administrator  if no date is
specified.

Upon the resignation or removal of an Administrator,  the Company shall promptly
designate  in writing a successor to the vacated  position.  If the Company does
not appoint an Administrator, the Company shall function as the Administrator.

11.3 Allocation and Delegation of Responsibilities

If more than one person is appointed as Administrator,  the  responsibilities of
each  Administrator  may be  specified by the Company and accepted in writing by
each Administrator. In the event that no such delegation is made by the Company,
the Administrators may allocate the responsibilities among themselves,  in which
event the Administrators  shall notify the Company and the Trustee in writing of
such action and specify the responsibilities of each Administrator.  The Trustee
thereafter shall accept and rely upon any documents  executed by the appropriate
Administrator until such time as the Company or the Administrators file with the
Trustee a written revocation of such designation.

11.4 Powers, Duties, and Responsibilities of Administrator

The Administrator's  primary  responsibility shall be to administer the Plan for
the  exclusive  benefit of the Members and their  Beneficiaries,  subject to the
specific  terms of the Plan.  The  Administrator  shall  administer  the Plan in
accordance   with  its  terms  and  shall  have  the  exclusive  right  and  the
discretionary  authority to determine all questions  arising in connection  with
the  administration,  interpretation,  and  application  of the  Plan.  Any such
determination  by the  Administrator  shall be  conclusive  and binding upon all
persons. The Administrator may establish procedures,  correct any defect, supply
any  information,  or  reconcile  any  inconsistency  in such manner and to such
extent as shall be deemed necessary or advisable to carry out the purpose of the
Plan; provided, however, that any procedure,  discretionary act, interpretation,
or construction shall be done in a  nondiscriminatory  manner based upon uniform
principles  consistently  applied;  shall be consistent with the intent that the
Plan continue to be a qualified plan under the terms of Code section 401(a); and
shall comply with the terms of the Act and all  regulations  issued  pursuant to
the Act. The  Administrator  shall have all powers  necessary or  appropriate to
accomplish its duties under this Plan.

The Administrator shall have the exclusive right and the discretionary authority
to perform all duties relating to the Plan's general administration,  including,
but not limited to, the  following:  
    (a) to determine all questions  relating to the  eligibility of Employees to
        participate or remain a Participant in the Plan;
    (b) to compute,  certify,  and direct the Trustee with respect to the amount
        and the kind of  benefits  to which any  Participant  shall be  entitled
        under the Plan;
<PAGE>

    (c) to authorize and direct the Trustee with respect to all nondiscretionary
        or otherwise directed disbursements from the Trust;
    (d) to maintain all necessary records for the administration of the Plan;
    (e) to  interpret  the  provisions  of the Plan and to make and publish such
        rules  for  regulation  of the Plan as are  consistent  with the  Plan's
        terms;
    (f) to determine the size and the type of any Contract to be purchased  from
        any insurer, and to designate the insurer from which such Contract shall
        be purchased. All policies shall be issued on a uniform basis as of each
        Anniversary   Date  with   respect   to  all   Members   under   similar
        circumstances;
    (g) to compute and certify to the  Employer  and to the Trustee from time to
        time the sums of money  necessary or desirable to be  contributed to the
        Trust Fund;
    (h) to consult with the Employer  and the Trustee  regarding  the short- and
        long-term  liquidity  needs of the Plan in order  that the  Trustee  can
        exercise any  investment  discretion in a manner  designed to accomplish
        specific objectives;
    (i) to prepare and  distribute  to  Employees a notice for Members and their
        Beneficiaries  regarding the form in which  benefits  under the Plan are
        paid; and
    (j) to assist  any Member  regarding  his  rights,  benefits,  or  elections
        available under the Plan.

11.5 Records and Reports

The  Administrator  shall keep a record of all actions taken in connection  with
the Plan's  administration  and shall keep all other books of account,  records,
and other data that may be necessary for proper  administration  of the Plan and
shall be responsible  for supplying all  information and reports to the Internal
Revenue  Service,  Department  of Labor,  Members,  Beneficiaries,  or any other
required by law.

11.6 Appointment of Advisers

The  Administrator,  or the Trustee with the consent of the  Administrator,  may
appoint counsel,  specialists,  advisers, and other persons as the Administrator
or  the  Trustee   deems   necessary  or  desirable  in   connection   with  the
administration of this Plan.

11.7 Information from Employer

To enable the Administrator to perform its functions,  the Employer shall supply
full and timely  information to the Administrator on all matters relating to the
Compensation  of all  Participants,  their  Hours  of  Service,  their  Years of
Service, their retirement,  death, disability, or termination of employment, and
such other pertinent facts as the Administrator  may require.  The Administrator
shall  advise the Trustee of any relevant  information  that may be pertinent to
the  Trustee's  duties  under the  Plan.  The  Administrator  may rely upon such
information  as  is  supplied  by  the  Employer  and  shall  have  no  duty  or
responsibility to verify such information.

11.8 Payment of Expenses

All expenses of administration  may be paid out of the Trust Fund unless paid by
the  Employer.  Such  expenses  shall  include  any  expenses  incident  to  the
functioning  of the  Administrator,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  fees of
accountants, counsel, and other specialists and their agents, and other costs of
administering the Plan. Until paid, the expenses shall constitute a liability of
the Trust Fund.  However,  the  Employer  may  reimburse  the Trust Fund for any
administration  expense incurred.  Any administration  expense paid to the Trust
Fund as a reimbursement shall not be considered an Employer contribution.

11.9 Majority Actions

If the Company appoints more than one Administrator,  the  Administrators  shall
act by a majority of their  number,  but the Company may  authorize  one or more
Administrators to execute any documents relating to the Plan on behalf of all of
the Administrators.

11.10 Claims Procedure

Claims for benefits under the Plan may be filed with the  Administrator on forms
supplied by the Employer.  Written notice of the disposition of a claim shall be
furnished to the claimant  within 90 days after the application is filed. In the
event the claim is denied,  the reasons for the denial shall be specifically set
forth in the notice in language  calculated  to be  understood  by the claimant,
pertinent  provisions of the Plan shall be cited,  and,  where  appropriate,  an
explanation  as to how the claimant  can perfect the claim will be provided.  In
addition,  the claimant  shall be furnished  with an  explanation  of the Plan's
claims review procedure.

<PAGE>

11.11 Claims Review Procedure

Any Employee,  Member, or Beneficiary who has been denied a benefit on the basis
of a decision of the  Administrator  pursuant to section 11.10 shall be entitled
to request  the  Administrator  to give  further  consideration  to his claim by
filing  with  the  Administrator  (on a form  which  may be  obtained  from  the
Administrator)  a request for a hearing.  Such request,  together with a written
statement of the reasons why the claimant  believes his claim should be allowed,
shall be filed with the Administrator no later than 60 days after receipt of the
written notification provided for in section 11.10. The Administrator shall then
conduct a hearing  within the next 60 days, at which hearing the claimant may be
represented  by an attorney or any other  representative  of his choosing and at
which hearing the claimant  shall have an opportunity to submit written and oral
evidence and arguments in support of his claim. At the hearing (or prior to such
hearing upon five  business  days'  written  notice to the  Administrator),  the
claimant or his representative shall have an opportunity to review all documents
in the possession of the Administrator which are pertinent to the claim at issue
and its disallowance. Either the claimant or the Administrator may cause a court
reporter  to attend the  hearing and record the  proceedings.  In such event,  a
complete  written  transcript  of the  proceedings  shall be  furnished  to both
parties by the court  reporter.  The full expense of any such court reporter and
such  transcripts  shall be borne by the party  causing  the court  reporter  to
attend the hearing.  A final  decision as to the allowance of the claim shall be
made by the Administrator  within 60 days of receipt of the appeal (unless there
has been an  extension  of 60 days due to special  circumstances,  provided  the
delay and the  special  circumstances  occasioning  it are  communicated  to the
claimant within the 60-day  period).  Such  communication  shall be written in a
manner  calculated to be  understood by the claimant and shall include  specific
reasons  for  the  decision  and  specific  references  to  the  pertinent  Plan
provisions on which the decision is based.


Article XII. Amendment and Termination

12.1 Amendment and Termination of the Plan

    (a) The  Company  expects  the  Plan  to  be  permanent,  but  since  future
        conditions affecting the Company cannot be anticipated or foreseen,  the
        Company  does hereby  expressly  and  specifically  reserve the sole and
        exclusive right at any time to amend,  modify,  or terminate the Plan by
        formal  action  of its  board  of  directors.  The  Company's  right  of
        amendment,  modification,  or  termination of the Plan shall not require
        the  assent,   concurrence,   or  any  other   action  by  any  Employer
        notwithstanding  that such  action by the Company may relate in whole or
        in part to persons in the employ of an  Employer.  No  amendment  of the
        Plan shall  cause any part of the Trust Fund to be used for or  diverted
        to purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of the Members or their
        Beneficiaries  covered by the Plan.  Retroactive Plan amendments may not
        decrease the Accrued  Benefit of any Member  (determined  as of the time
        the amendment was adopted), except as provided in Code section 412(c)(8)
        or Act section 4281. Similarly,  no Plan amendment shall have the effect
        of   eliminating   or  reducing  an  early   retirement   benefit  or  a
        retirement-type  subsidy or eliminating an optional form of benefit with
        respect to benefits attributable to service before the amendment.
    (b) Upon termination or partial termination of the Plan in whole or in part,
        after expenses incident to such termination are deducted,  the rights of
        each  Member to  benefits  accrued  to the date of such  termination  or
        partial  termination shall become 100 percent vested and  nonforfeitable
        to the extent such benefits are funded as of such date.

12.2 Distribution on Termination

Upon  termination of the Plan, that portion of any assets then held in the Trust
Fund shall be  allocated,  after  payment of all expenses of  administration  or
liquidation,  in  accordance  with  amendments to the Plan adopted prior to such
allocation and in accordance with section 4044(a) of the Act;  provided that any
assets  remaining  after  the  satisfaction  of  all  benefits  accrued  to  the
termination  date with  respect to  Members,  and their  surviving  spouses  and
Beneficiaries, shall revert to and be distributed to the Company.




<PAGE>

Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  in no event shall assets held in the Trust Fund
be used to pay benefits on account of such  termination  of the Plan to a Member
who is a highly  compensated  employee within the meaning of Code section 414(q)
in excess of a benefit that is nondiscriminatory under Code section 401(a)(4).

12.3 Merger or Consolidation or Transfer

In the case of any merger or  consolidation  of the Plan with, or in the case of
any transfer of assets or  liabilities  of the Plan to or from,  any other plan,
each  Member in the Plan shall (if the Plan then  terminated)  receive a benefit
immediately  after the merger,  consolidation,  or transfer which is equal to or
greater  than the  benefit he would have been  entitled  to receive  immediately
before the merger, consolidation, or transfer (if the Plan had then terminated).
The Trustee  possesses  the specific  authority to enter  merger  agreements  or
direct transfer of asset  agreements with trustees of any other retirement plans
described in Code section 401(a),  including an elective transfer, and to accept
the direct  transfer of plan assets,  or to transfer plan assets,  as a party to
any such agreement.

12.4 Effect of Contingencies Affecting Company

The merger,  consolidation,  or reorganization of the Company, or the sale by it
of all or substantially all of its assets, shall not terminate the Plan if there
is delivery to the Company by the successor to the Company,  or by the purchaser
of all or substantially all of its assets, a written instrument  requesting that
it be  substituted  for the Company and  agreeing to perform all the  provisions
hereof which the Company is required to perform.  Subject to the  provisions  of
the Act,  upon the receipt of said  instrument  the  successor or the  purchaser
shall be substituted for the Company  herein,  and the Company shall be relieved
and released from any obligations of any kind, character,  or description herein
or in any Trust Agreement imposed upon it.

12.5 Amendment of Vesting Schedule

If the Plan is amended to provide a  different  vesting  schedule,  each  person
adversely  affected--
    (a) who is a Participant during the election period below; and
    (b) who has  completed at least three years of Vesting  Service may elect to
        have such amendment  disregarded in determining the vested percentage of
        his Accrued  Benefit.  That election must be in writing and delivered to
        the  Administrator  within  the  election  period.  Upon  delivery,  his
        election  will be  irrevocable.  The election  period shall begin on the
        date such amendment is adopted and shall end 60 days after the latest of
        the date--
        (1) the amendment is adopted;
        (2) the amendment becomes effective; or
        (3) the Administrator  delivers a written notice of the amendment to the
            Participant.
No amendment  to the Plan's  vesting  schedule  may decrease the vested  Accrued
Benefit which any Participant or Inactive  Participant has earned as of the date
of the amendment.


<PAGE>


Article XIII. Temporary Restrictions on Benefits

13.1 Temporary  Restrictions on Benefits  Payable to Certain Highly  Compensated
     Participants

    (a) Plan Termination Restrictions.  In the event the Plan is terminated, the
        benefit of any highly compensated  employee,  as defined by Code section
        414(q), and any highly compensated former employee,  shall be limited to
        a benefit that is nondiscriminatory under Code section 401(a)(4) and the
        regulations thereunder.
    (b) Pretermination Restrictions.  Notwithstanding any other provision in the
        Plan to the contrary effective November 1, 1993, the Plan shall not make
        annual  payments in excess of the amount that a  Participant  would have
        received during the year if such  Participant's  Accrued Benefit were to
        be paid in the form of a straight-life annuity if such Participant is--
        (1) a highly compensated  employee, as defined under Code section 414(q)
            and
        (2) is  among  the  25  Participants  in  the  Plan  with  the  greatest
            compensation  (as  defined  under  Code  section   414(q)(7)).   The
            restriction in subsection (b) shall not apply if--
            (A) after the Plan  makes an  annual  payment  otherwise  restricted
                under  subsection (a), the value of all remaining  assets in the
                Trust  Fund is at least 110  percent  of the value of the Plan's
                current liabilities, as defined under Code section 412(l)(7);
            (B) the value of the benefit  otherwise  restricted under subsection
                (a) is less than one percent of the value of the Plan's  current
                liabilities, as defined under Code section 412(l)(7); or
            (C) the value of the benefits otherwise  restricted under subsection
                (a) does not exceed $3,500.


Article XIV. Participation in and Withdrawal from the Plan by an Employer

14.1 Participation in the Plan

Any Affiliate which desires to become an Employer  hereunder may elect, with the
consent of the  Company,  to become a party to the Plan and Trust  Agreement  by
adopting the Plan for the benefit of its eligible Employees, effective as of the
date  specified  in such  adoption--  
            (a) by filing with the Company a certified  copy of a resolution  of
                its  board  of  directors   to  that  effect,   and  such  other
                instruments as the Company may require; and
            (b) by the  Company's  filing  with the then  Trustee  or  insurance
                company a copy of such  resolution,  together  with a  certified
                copy of the Company's approval of such adoption.
The  adoption  resolution  or decision  may contain  such  specific  changes and
variations in Plan or Trust  Agreement  terms and provisions  applicable to such
adopting  Employer and its Employees as may be acceptable to the Company and the
Trustee or insurance company.  However,  the sole,  exclusive right of any other
amendment of whatever kind or extent to the Plan or Trust  Agreement is reserved
by the Company. The Company may not amend specific changes and variations in the
Plan or Trust  Agreement  terms and provisions as adopted by the Employer in its
adoption  resolution  without  the  consent  of  such  Employer.   The  adoption
resolution or decision shall become,  as to such adopting  organization  and its
employees,  a part of this Plan as then  amended or  thereafter  amended and the
related Trust Agreement. It shall not be necessary for the adopting organization
to sign or  execute  the  original  or then  amended  Plan and  Trust  Agreement
documents.  The  coverage  date of the Plan for any such  adopting  organization
shall be that stated in the  resolution  or decision of  adoption,  and from and
after such  effective  date,  such  adopting  organization  shall assume all the
rights, obligations,  and liabilities of an individual employer entity hereunder
and under the Trust  Agreement.  The  administrative  powers and  control of the
Company,  as provided in the Plan and Trust Agreement,  including the sole right
to amendment, and of appointment and removal of the Administrator,  the Trustee,
and their successors,  shall not be diminished by reason of the participation of
any such adopting organization in the Plan and Trust Agreement.




<PAGE>


14.2 Withdrawal from the Plan

Any  participating  Employer,  by  action  of its  board of  directors  or other
governing authority, may withdraw from the Plan and Trust Agreement after giving
90  days'  notice  to  the  Company,  provided  the  Company  consents  to  such
withdrawal.  In the event such withdrawal  constitutes a partial  termination of
this Plan,  the  Administrator  shall  direct  that the assets of the Trust Fund
shall be allocated to all  Participants  in accordance with section 12.2. In the
event of such partial termination of the Plan, only the affected Participants in
that  part  of the  Plan  which  is  terminated  shall  have  fully  vested  and
nonforfeitable  rights in the benefits to be provided by the allocations (unless
they were already fully vested prior to the partial  termination).  Distribution
may be  implemented  through  continuation  of the Trust  Fund,  or  transfer to
another trust fund exempt from tax under Code section 501, or to a group annuity
contract  qualified  under Code section 401, or  distribution  may be made as an
Actuarial Equivalent immediate cash payment in accordance with the directions of
the Administrator;  provided, however, that no such action shall divert any part
of such fund to any purpose other than the exclusive benefit of the Employees of
such Employer,  prior to the  satisfaction of all liabilities  under the Plan as
provided under section 12.2.


Article XV. Miscellaneous

15.1 Member's Rights

This Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract  between the Employer and
any Member or to be a  consideration  or an inducement for the employment of any
Member or Employee.  Nothing  contained in this Plan shall be deemed to give any
Member or Employee the right to be retained in the service of the Employer or to
interfere  with the right of the Employer to discharge any Member or Employee at
any time,  regardless  of the effect  which such  discharge  shall have upon his
status as a Participant.

15.2 Alienation

    (a) Subject to the  exceptions  provided  below,  no benefit  which shall be
        payable out of the Trust Fund to any person  (including  a Member or his
        Beneficiary) shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation,
        sale,  transfer,  assignment,  pledge,  encumbrance,  or charge, and any
        attempt  to  anticipate,   alienate,  sell,  transfer,  assign,  pledge,
        encumber, or charge the same shall be void; and no such benefit shall in
        any  manner  be  liable  for,  or  subject  to,  the  debts,  contracts,
        liabilities,  engagements,  or torts of any such person, nor shall it be
        subject to attachment  or legal process for or against such person,  and
        the name shall not be recognized  by the Trustee,  except to such extent
        as may be required by law.
    (b) The  provisions  of this  section  15.2  shall not apply to the extent a
        Member or Beneficiary is indebted to the Plan, for any reason, under any
        provision of the Plan.  At the time a  distribution  is to be made to or
        for a Member's or  Beneficiary's  benefit,  the proportion of the amount
        distributed  commensurate  with such  indebtedness  shall be paid by the
        Trustee to the Trustee or the  Administrator,  at the  direction  of the
        Administrator, to apply against or discharge such indebtedness. Prior to
        making a  payment,  however,  the  Member or  Beneficiary  must be given
        written notice by the  Administrator  that such indebtedness is to be so
        paid in whole or part from the Member's Vested Accrued  Benefit.  If the
        Member or Beneficiary  does not agree that the  indebtedness  is a valid
        claim  against  the  Member's  Vested  Accrued  Benefit,  the  Member or
        Beneficiary  shall be entitled to a review of the  validity of the claim
        in accordance with procedures provided in sections 11.10 and 11.11.

<PAGE>


    (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Plan shall make all payments required
        by a  qualified  domestic  relations  order  within the  meaning of Code
        section 414(p).  The Plan  Administrator  shall establish a procedure to
        determine  the  qualified  status of a domestic  relations  order and to
        administer  distributions  under a qualified  order. In no event shall a
        domestic  relations  order  be  determined  to be a  qualified  domestic
        relations  order if it  requires  the Plan to make  distributions  to an
        alternate payee prior to the date that a Participant  attains  "earliest
        retirement  age."  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the Plan may make a
        distribution  to an alternate payee prior to the date that a Participant
        attains "earliest  retirement age" if the qualified  domestic  relations
        order  provides  that the  Plan and the  alternate  payee  may  agree in
        writing  to the  earlier  distribution,  and  the  distribution  is made
        pursuant  to such a written  agreement.  For  purposes  of this  section
        15.2(c),  "earliest retirement age" means the date on which the earliest
        to occur of--
        (1) the date the Member  terminates  employment  with the  Company or an
            Affiliate,
        (2) the date the Member attains age 50, or
        (3) the date the Member dies.

15.3 Unclaimed Amounts

Should the whereabouts of any person  entitled to a distribution  under the Plan
be unknown to the  Administrator for a period of five years after the mailing of
a notice by registered mail, the interest of such person shall be disposed of in
accordance with applicable controlling laws.

15.4 Construction of Plan

This Plan and Trust shall be construed and enforced according to the Act and the
laws of the State of Illinois,  other than its laws respecting choice of law, to
the extent not preempted by the Act.

15.5 Legal Action

In the event that any claim, suit, or proceeding is brought which relates to the
Trust or the Plan and to which the Trustee or the  Administrator may be a party,
and such claim,  suit,  or proceeding is resolved in favor of the Trustee or the
Administrator,  they shall be entitled to be reimbursed  from the Trust Fund for
any costs,  attorney's fees, and other expenses  pertaining to such claim, suit,
or proceeding incurred by them for which they shall have become liable.

15.6 Prohibition Against Diversion of Funds

Except as provided below and otherwise  specifically  permitted by law, it shall
be  impossible  by  operation  of the Plan or of the Trust,  by  termination  of
either,  by  power  of  revocation  or  amendment,   by  the  happening  of  any
contingency,  by collateral arrangement,  or by any other means, for any part of
the corpus or income of any trust fund  maintained  pursuant  to the Plan or any
funds  contributed  to the Trust Fund to be used for, or diverted  to,  purposes
other than the exclusive benefit of the Members or their Beneficiaries.

15.7 Bonding

Every Fiduciary,  except a bank or an insurance company,  unless exempted by the
Act and regulations  thereunder,  shall be bonded in an amount not less than ten
percent of the amount of the funds such Fiduciary  handles;  provided,  however,
that the minimum bond shall be $1,000 and the maximum bond, $500,000. The amount
of funds  handled  shall be determined at the beginning of each Plan Year by the
amount of funds handled by such person,  group, or class to be covered and their
predecessors,  if any,  during  the  preceding  Plan  Year,  or if  there  is no
preceding  Plan Year,  then by the amount of the funds to be handled  during the
then current  year.  The bond shall  provide  protection to the Plan against any
loss by  reason  of acts of fraud or  dishonesty  by the  Fiduciary  alone or in
connivance with others.  The surety shall be a corporate surety company (as such
term is used in section  412(a)(2) of the Act),  and the bond shall be in a form
approved by the Secretary of Labor. Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the
contrary, the cost of such bonds shall be an expense of and may, at the election
of the Administrator, be paid from the Trust Fund or by the Company.

<PAGE>

15.8 Company's and Trustee's Protective Clause

Neither the Company nor the Trustee, nor their successors,  shall be responsible
for the validity of any Contract issued under the Plan or for the failure on the
part of the insurer to make payments  provided by any such Contract,  or for the
action of any person which may delay  payment or render a Contract null and void
or unenforceable in whole or in part.

15.9 Insurer's Protective Clause

Any  insurer  who  issues  Contracts  under  this  Plan  shall  not  be  legally
responsible  for the  validity  of this Plan or for the tax or legal  aspects of
this Plan.  Any such insurer  shall be protected  and held harmless in acting in
accordance with any written direction of the Trustee,  and shall have no duty to
see the  application  of any  funds  paid to the  Trustee,  nor be  required  to
question any actions  directed by the Trustee.  Regardless  of any  provision of
this Plan,  the  insurer  shall not be  required to take or permit any action or
allow any benefit or privilege  contrary to the terms of any  Contract  which it
issues under the Plan, or the rules of the insurer.

15.10 Receipt and Release for Payments

Any payment to a Member, his legal representative,  a Beneficiary, or a guardian
or committee  appointed for such Member or  Beneficiary  in accordance  with the
provisions  of this  Plan,  shall,  to the  extent of such  payment,  be in full
satisfaction  of all claims  under the Plan against the Trustee and the Company,
either of whom may  require  such  Member,  legal  representative,  Beneficiary,
guardian,  or committee,  as a condition precedent to such payment, to execute a
receipt and a release for such  payment in such form as shall be  determined  by
the Trustee or Company.

15.11 Action by Company

Whenever the Company under the terms of this Plan is permitted or required to do
or  perform  any act or matter of  thing,  such act or matter  shall be done and
performed by a person duly authorized by its legally constituted authority.

15.12 Named Fiduciaries and Allocation of Responsibility 

The "named Fiduciaries" of this Plan are-- 
    (a) the Employer,
    (b) the Administrator,
    (c) the Trustee, and
    (d) any Investment Manager appointed under the Plan.
The  named   Fiduciaries   shall  have  only  those  specific  powers,   duties,
responsibilities,  and  obligations  as are  specifically  given them under this
Plan. In general, the Employer shall have the sole responsibility for making all
contributions  to the Plan and shall  have the sole  authority  to  appoint  and
remove the Trustee,  the Administrator,  and any Investment Manager which may be
designated  under this Plan, to formulate the Plan's  Funding Policy and Method,
and to amend or terminate,  in whole or in part,  this Plan.  The  Administrator
shall have the sole  responsibility  for the  administration of this Plan, which
responsibility  is  specifically  described in this Plan. The Trustee shall have
the sole  responsibility  of managing  the assets  held under the Trust,  except
those  assets  for which  the  management  has been  assigned  to an  Investment
Manager.  In such case, the Investment  Manager shall be solely  responsible for
the  management  of  the  assets  assigned  to it  pursuant  to  the  applicable
provisions  of this Plan.  Each named  Fiduciary  warrants  that any  directions
given,  information furnished, or action taken by it shall be in accordance with
the  provisions  of this Plan,  authorizing  or  providing  for such  direction,
information,  or action.  Further,  each named  Fiduciary may rely upon any such
direction,  information,  or action of another  named  Fiduciary as being proper
under this Plan, and the named  Fiduciary  shall not be required under this Plan
to inquire into the propriety of any such direction,  information, or action. It
is  intended  that each  named  Fiduciary  will be  responsible  for the  proper
exercise of its own powers, duties, responsibilities,  and obligations under the
Plan. No named  Fiduciary  shall  guarantee the Trust Fund in any manner against
investment loss or depreciation in asset value. Any person or group may serve in
more than one Fiduciary capacity.

15.13 Illegality of Particular Provision

The  illegality  of any  particular  provision of this Plan shall not affect the
Plan's other  provisions,  but the Plan shall be construed in all respects as if
such invalid provision were omitted.

<PAGE>

15.14 Effect of Mistake

In  the  event  of a  mistake  or  misstatement  as  to  the  age,  eligibility,
Compensation,  Service, or participation of a Member, or as to the amount of any
distribution  made or to be made to a Member or other person,  the Administrator
shall, to the extent it deems possible, cause to be withheld or accelerated,  or
otherwise  make  adjustment  of, such amounts as will in its judgment  accord to
such Member or other person the  distribution  to which he is properly  entitled
under the Plan.

15.15 Absence of Guaranty

The Company does not guarantee or promise to pay, or cause to be paid any of the
benefits  provided by this Plan. Each Member,  Beneficiary,  or any other person
who claims the right to any payment or benefit under this Plan shall be entitled
only to look to the Trust Fund for such  payment  or benefit  and shall not have
any right, claim, or demand for payment against the Company.

15.16 Headings

The headings and  subheadings of this Plan have been inserted for convenience of
reference and are to be ignored in any construction of the Plan's provisions.

15.17 Uniformity

All  provisions  of this Plan  shall be  interpreted  and  applied in a uniform,
nondiscriminatory manner.


Article XVI. Top-Heavy Provisions

16.1 Top-Heavy Rules

The following  provisions  shall become effective in any Plan Year after 1983 in
which the Plan is determined to be a top-heavy plan.
    (a) Determination of Top-Heavy. The Plan will be considered a top-heavy plan
        for the Plan Year if as of the last day of the preceding Plan Year-- 
        (1) the present value of the Accrued  Benefits of  Participants  who are
            key employees (as defined in Code section 416(i)) exceeds 60 percent
            of the  present  value of the Accrued  Benefits of all  Participants
            (the "60 Percent Test"), or
        (2) the Plan is part of a required  aggregation  group and the  required
            aggregation group is top-heavy.
        However,  and  notwithstanding  the results of the 60 Percent Test,  the
        Plan shall not be considered a top-heavy plan for any Plan Year in which
        the Plan is a part of a required or permissive  aggregation  group which
        is not  top-heavy.  The  top-heavy  ratio shall be computed  pursuant to
        section  416(g) of the Code and the  regulations  issued  thereunder.  A
        required  aggregation  group is each plan of the Employer in which a key
        employee is a participant  and each other plan of the Employer,  if any,
        which  enables  such  plan  to meet  the  requirements  of Code  section
        401(a)(4)  or 410.  The  Employer  may treat any plan not required to be
        included  in  an  aggregation  group  as  being  part  of  a  permissive
        aggregation  group if such group would continue to meet the requirements
        of Code  sections  401(a)(4)  and 410 with such plan  being  taken  into
        account.
    (b) Minimum Benefit.  If the Plan is determined to be top-heavy with respect
        to a Plan Year under the provisions of section 16.1(a),  a Participant's
        Accrued  Benefit,  adjusted to be an Actuarial  Equivalent  of an annual
        benefit payable in the form of a straight life annuity commencing at age
        65, shall not be less than the difference between (1) and (2) below:
        (1) subject to the last  paragraph of this  subsection  (b), the product
            of--
            (A) two percent of the  Participant's  average  annual  compensation
                during  his  five  highest-paid  consecutive  years  of  Benefit
                Service in which the Plan was a top-heavy plan; and
            (B) the  Participant's  years of Benefit  Service after  November 1,
                1983 in which the Plan was a top-heavy plan; less

<PAGE>


        (2) the sum  payable to the  Participant,  adjusted  to be an  Actuarial
            Equivalent  of an annual  benefit  payable in the form of a straight
            life annuity commencing at age 65, from such  Participant's  account
            balance  attributable  to  Employer  contributions  under a  defined
            contribution  plan which is  included  in the  required  aggregation
            group as defined above in section 16.1(a).
        Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  the benefit  determined under paragraph
        (1) above of this  subsection  (b) shall not  exceed 20  percent  of the
        Participant's Compensation.

    (c) Minimum Vesting.  If the Plan is determined to be top-heavy with respect
        to a Plan Year under the  provisions of section  16.1(n) then a Member's
        interest in his Accrued  Benefit shall become vested in accordance  with
        the following table:


               Years of Credited Service       Vested Percentage

               2 but less than 3                       20%
               3 but less than 4                       40%
               4 but less than 5                       60%
               5 but less than 6                       80%
               6 or more                              100%


    (d) Impact on Maximum Benefits.  Subject to the exceptions  provided in Code
        section 416(h), for any Plan Year in which the Plan is a top-heavy plan,
        section 6.4 shall be administered recognizing that paragraphs (2)(B) and
        (3)(B) of section  415(e) of the Code will be  applied  by  substituting
        "1.0" for "1.25."

                                       * * * * * * * * * *


<PAGE>


In Witness  Whereof,  First  National  Bank of Joliet has caused this Plan to be
signed and its  corporate  seal to be  hereunto  affixed by its duly  authorized
officers, effective as of November 1, 1995, on this ____ day of _______________,
1995.


                                                   First National Bank of Joliet


Attest:
                                                   By /s/ 
                                                      --------------------------

                                                   Its 
                                                       -------------------------
By /s/
   -------------------------------

Its                                                (Corporate Seal)


























                          FIRST NATIONAL BANCORP, INC.
                            EMPLOYEES' CAFETERIA PLAN


<PAGE>


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                    ARTICLE I
                                   DEFINITIONS

                                   ARTICLE II
                                  PARTICIPATION

         2.1        ELIGIBILITY                                               
         2.2        EFFECTIVE DATE OF PARTICIPATION                           
         2.3        APPLICATION TO PARTICIPATE                                
         2.4        TERMINATION OF PARTICIPATION                              
         2.5        CHANGE OF EMPLOYMENT STATUS                               
         2.6        TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT                                 
         2.7        DEATH                                                     


                                   ARTICLE III
                            CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE PLAN

         3.1        SALARY REDIRECTION                                        
         3.2        APPLICATION OF CONTRIBUTIONS                              
         3.3        PERIODIC CONTRIBUTIONS                                    


                                   ARTICLE IV
                                    BENEFITS

         4.1        BENEFIT OPTIONS                                           
         4.2        DEPENDENT CARE ASSISTANCE PROGRAM BENEFIT                 
         4.3        HEALTH INSURANCE BENEFIT                                  
         4.4        CASH BENEFIT                                              


         4.5        NONDISCRIMINATION REQUIREMENTS                            


                                    ARTICLE V
                              PARTICIPANT ELECTIONS

         5.1        INITIAL ELECTIONS                                        
         5.2        SUBSEQUENT ANNUAL ELECTIONS                              
         5.3        FAILURE TO ELECT                                         
         5.4        CHANGE OF ELECTIONS                                      
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE VI
                        DEPENDENT CARE ASSISTANCE PROGRAM

         6.1        ESTABLISHMENT OF PROGRAM                                 
         6.2        DEFINITIONS                                              
         6.3        DEPENDENT CARE ASSISTANCE ACCOUNTS                       
         6.4        INCREASES IN DEPENDENT CARE ASSISTANCE ACCOUNTS          
         6.5        DECREASES IN DEPENDENT CARE ASSISTANCE ACCOUNTS          
         6.6        ALLOWABLE DEPENDENT CARE ASSISTANCE REIMBURSEMENT        
         6.7        ANNUAL STATEMENT OF BENEFITS                             
         6.8        FORFEITURES                                              
         6.9        LIMITATION ON PAYMENTS                                   
         6.10       NONDISCRIMINATION REQUIREMENTS                           
         6.11       COORDINATION WITH CAFETERIA PLAN                         
         6.12       DEPENDENT CARE ASSISTANCE PROGRAM CLAIMS                 


                                   ARTICLE VII
                                ERISA PROVISIONS

         7.1        CLAIM FOR BENEFITS                                       
         7.2        APPLICATION OF BENEFIT PLAN SURPLUS                      
         7.3        NAMED FIDUCIARY                                          
         7.4        GENERAL FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITIES                       
         7.5        NONASSIGNABILITY OF RIGHTS                               

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                                 ADMINISTRATION

         8.1        PLAN ADMINISTRATION                                      
         8.2        EXAMINATION OF RECORDS                                   
         8.3        PAYMENT OF EXPENSES                                      
         8.4        INSURANCE CONTROL CLAUSE                                 
         8.5        INDEMNIFICATION OF ADMINISTRATOR                         

                                   ARTICLE IX
                        AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF PLAN

         9.1        AMENDMENT                                                
         9.2        TERMINATION                                              

                                    ARTICLE X
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         10.1       PLAN INTERPRETATION                                      
         10.2       GENDER AND NUMBER                                        
         10.3       WRITTEN DOCUMENT                                         
         10.4       EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT                                        
         10.5       PARTICIPANT'S RIGHTS                                     
         10.6       ACTION BY THE EMPLOYER                                   
         10.7       EMPLOYER'S PROTECTIVE CLAUSES                            
         10.8       NO GUARANTEE OF TAX CONSEQUENCES                         
         10.9       INDEMNIFICATION OF EMPLOYER BY PARTICIPANTS              
         10.10      FUNDING                                                  
         10.11      GOVERNING LAW                                            
         10.12      SEVERABILITY                                             
         10.13      CAPTIONS                                                 
         10.14      CONTINUATION OF COVERAGE                                 



<PAGE>
                          FIRST NATIONAL BANCORP, INC.
                            EMPLOYEES' CAFETERIA PLAN

                                  INTRODUCTION

         The  Employer  has  adopted  this  Plan  effective  January  1, 1995 to
recognize the contribution made to the Employer by its Employees. Its purpose is
to reward them by  providing  benefits  for those  Employees  who shall  qualify
hereunder and their dependents and beneficiaries. The concept of this Plan is to
allow  Employees to choose among  different types of benefits based on their own
particular  goals,  desires and needs. The Plan shall be known as First National
Bancorp, Inc. Employees' Cafeteria Plan (the "Plan").

         The  intention of the Employer is that the Plan qualify as a "Cafeteria
Plan" within the meaning of Section 125 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended,  and that the benefits  which an Employee  elects to receive  under the
Plan be includable or excludable from the Employee's income under Section 125(a)
and other applicable sections of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

                                   ARTICLE 1.
                                   DEFINITIONS

         1.1.  "Administrator"  means the individual(s) or corporation appointed
by the Employer to carry out the  administration  of the Plan.  In the event the
Administrator has not been appointed,  or resigns from a prior appointment,  the
Employer shall be deemed to be the Administrator.

         1.2. "Affiliated Employer" means the Employer and any corporation which
is a member of a controlled  group of  corporations  (as defined in Code Section
414(b))  which  includes  the  Employer;  any trade or business  (whether or not
incorporated)  which is under common control (as defined in Code Section 414(c))
with the Employer;  any organization  (whether or not  incorporated)  which is a
member of an affiliated  service group (as defined in Code Section 414(m)) which
includes the Employer;  and any other entity  required to be aggregated with the
Employer pursuant to Treasury regulations under Code Section 414(o).

         1.3. "Benefit" means any of the optional benefit choices available to a
Participant as outlined in Section 4.1.

         1.4.  "Cafeteria  Plan Benefit  Dollars" means the amount  available to
Participants,  pursuant  to Article  III,  to  purchase  Benefits.  Each  dollar
contributed  to this Plan shall be  converted  into one  Cafeteria  Plan Benefit
Dollar.

         1.5.  "Code"  means the Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as amended or
replaced from time to time.

         1.6.  "Compensation" means the total cash remuneration  received by the
Participant  from the  Employer  during  a Plan  Year  prior  to any  reductions
pursuant to a Salary Redirection  Agreement authorized  hereunder.  Compensation
shall include overtime, commissions and bonuses.

         1.7.  "Dependent"  means any  individual  who  qualifies as a dependent
under an  Insurance  Contract  or under Code  Section  152 (as  modified by Code
Section 105(b)).

         1.8. "Effective Date" means January 1, 1995.

         1.9.  "Election Period" means the 30 day period  immediately  preceding
the beginning of each Plan Year.  However, an Employee's initial Election Period
shall be determined pursuant to Section 5.1.

         1.10.  "Eligible  Employee"  means any Employee who has  satisfied  the
provisions of Section 2.1.

         Also,  any  Employee  or  former  Employee  shall  not be  eligible  to
participate  in this Plan  unless he is  eligible  to receive  medical  benefits
pursuant to a group medical plan sponsored by the Employer.

         1.11. "Employee" means any person who is employed by the Employer,  but
excludes  any person who is  employed  as an  independent  contractor.  The term
Employee  shall  include  leased  employees  within the meaning of Code  Section
414(n)(2).

         1.12.  "Employer" means First National Bancorp, Inc. and any Affiliated
Employer (as defined in Section 1.2) which shall adopt this Plan;  any successor
which shall maintain this Plan; and any  predecessor  which has maintained  this
Plan. First National Bank of Joliet,  Southwest Suburban Bank, Community Bank of
Plano and Bank of Lockport are Affiliated Employers who will adopt this Plan.
<PAGE>



         1.13.  "ERISA"  means the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security Act of
1974, as amended from time to time.

         1.14. "Highly Compensated Employee" means an Employee described in Code
Section 414(q) and the Treasury regulations thereunder.

         1.15.  "Insurance  Contract"  means any  contract  issued by an Insurer
underwriting a Benefit.

         1.16.  "Insurance  Premium  Payment  Plan"  means the plan of  benefits
contained in Section 4.1 of this Plan, which provides for the payment of Premium
Expenses.

         1.17.  "Insurer" means any insurance company that underwrites a Benefit
under this Plan.

         1.18.  "Key  Employee"  means an  Employee  described  in Code  Section
416(i)(1) and the Treasury regulations thereunder.

         1.19.  "Participant" means any Eligible Employee who elects to become a
Participant pursuant to Section 2.3 and has not for any reason become ineligible
to participate further in the Plan.

         1.20. "Plan" means this instrument, including all amendments thereto.

         1.21. "Plan Year" means the 12-month period  beginning  January 1st and
ending  December  31st.  The Plan  Year  shall be the  coverage  period  for the
Benefits  provided  for under this Plan.  In the event a  Participant  commences
participation during a Plan Year, then the initial coverage period shall be that
portion  of the Plan Year  commencing  on such  Participant's  date of entry and
ending on the last day of such Plan Year.

         1.22.  "Premium Expenses" or "Premiums" mean the Participant's cost for
the Benefits described in Section 4.1.

         1.23. "Premium Reimbursement Account" means the account established for
a Participant  pursuant to this Plan to which part of his Cafeteria Plan Benefit
Dollars may be allocated  and from which  Premiums of the  Participant  shall be
paid or  reimbursed.  If more  than  one type of  insured  Benefit  is  elected,
sub-accounts shall be established for each type of insured Benefit.

         1.24. "Salary Redirection" means the contributions made by the Employer
on behalf of Participants  pursuant to Section 3.1. These contributions shall be
converted  to  Cafeteria  Plan  Benefit  Dollars and  allocated  to the funds or
accounts established under the Plan pursuant to the Participants' elections made
under Article V.

         1.25.  "Salary  Redirection  Agreement" means an agreement  between the
Participant  and the Employer under which the  Participant  agrees to reduce his
Compensation or to forego all or part of the increases in such  Compensation and
to  have  such  amounts   contributed  by  the  Employer  to  the  Plan  on  the
Participant's  behalf.  The Salary  Redirection  Agreement  shall  apply only to
Compensation  that has not  been  actually  or  constructively  received  by the
Participant  as of the date of the  agreement  (after  taking this Plan and Code
Section 125 into account) and,  subsequently does not become currently available
to the Participant.

         1.26.  "Spouse"  means  the  legally  married  husband  or  wife  of  a
Participant, unless legally separated by court decree.

<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE 2.
                                  PARTICIPATION


2.1.ELIGIBILITY

                  Any  Eligible   Employee  shall  be  eligible  to  participate
hereunder  as of the  date  he  satisfies  the  eligibility  conditions  for the
Employer's  group  medical  plan,  the  provisions  of  which  are  specifically
incorporated herein by reference.

                  If a former  Participant  is rehired during the same Plan Year
in which  termination  of employment  occurs,  and such former  Participant  had
revoked existing Benefit elections and terminated the receipt of Benefits at the
time of termination of employment, then such rehired former Participant shall be
prohibited  from making new Benefit  elections for the remaining  portion of the
Plan Year.


2.2.EFFECTIVE DATE OF PARTICIPATION

                  An Eligible  Employee shall become a Participant  effective as
of the entry date under the Employer's group medical
plan, the provisions of which are specifically incorporated
herein by reference.


2.3.APPLICATION TO PARTICIPATE

         An Employee who is eligible to participate  in this Plan shall,  during
the applicable  Election  Period,  complete an  application  to participate  and
election of benefits form which the Administrator shall furnish to the Employee.
The  election  made on such  form  shall  be  irrevocable  until  the end of the
applicable  Plan Year unless the  Participant  is entitled to change his Benefit
elections pursuant to Section 5.4 hereof.

         An  Eligible  Employee  shall  also be  required  to  execute  a Salary
Redirection  Agreement during the Election Period for the Plan Year during which
he wishes to  participate in this Plan.  Any such Salary  Redirection  Agreement
shall be effective for the first pay period beginning on or after the Employee's
effective date of participation pursuant to Section 2.2.

         Notwithstanding   the  foregoing,   an  Employee  who  is  eligible  to
participate in this Plan and who is covered by the Employer's  insured  Benefits
under this Plan shall  automatically  become a Participant  to the extent of the
Premiums  for such  insurance  unless the Employee  elects,  during the Election
Period, not to participate in the Plan.


2.4.TERMINATION OF PARTICIPATION

         A  Participant  shall  no  longer  participate  in this  Plan  upon the
occurrence of any of the following events:

         (a) His termination of employment, subject to the provisions of Section
     2.6;

         (b)  The  end of the  Plan  Year  during  which  he  became  a  limited
     Participant  because of a change in employment  status  pursuant to Section
     2.5;

         (c) His death, subject to the provisions of Section 2.7; or

         (d) The termination of this Plan,  subject to the provisions of Section
     9.2.
<PAGE>


2.5.CHANGE OF EMPLOYMENT STATUS

         If a Participant ceases to be an Eligible Employee because of a change
in  employment  status or  classification  (other than  through  termination  of
employment), the Participant shall become a limited Participant in this Plan for
the remainder of the Plan Year in which such change of employment status occurs.
As a limited Participant, no further Salary Redirection may be made on behalf of
the Participant,  and, except as otherwise  provided herein, all further Benefit
elections shall cease,  subject to the limited  Participant's  right to continue
coverage  under any Insurance  Contracts.  However,  any balances in the limited
Participant's  Dependent  Care  Assistance  Account may be used during such Plan
Year to reimburse the limited  Participant for any allowable  Employment-Related
Dependent Care Expenses incurred during the Plan Year. Subject to the provisions
of Section 2.6, if the limited  Participant later becomes an Eligible  Employee,
then the limited  Participant may again become a full  Participant in this Plan,
provided he otherwise satisfies the participation requirements set forth in this
Article II as if he were a new Employee and made an election in accordance  with
Section 5.1.


2.6.TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

         If a Participant terminates employment with the Employer for any reason
other than death, his  participation in the Plan shall be governed in accordance
with the following:

         (a) With  regard to  Benefits  which  are  insured,  the  Participant's
     participation in the Plan shall cease,  subject to the Participant's  right
     to continue  coverage under any Insurance  Contract for which premiums have
     already been paid.

         (b)  With  regard  to  the  Dependent  Care  Assistance  Program,   the
     Participant's  participation  in the Plan shall cease and no further Salary
     Redirection  contributions  shall be made.  However,  such  Participant may
     submit claims for employment related Dependent Care Expense  reimbursements
     for the remainder of the Plan Year in which such termination occurs,  based
     on the level of his  Dependent  Care  Assistance  Account as of his date of
     termination.

         (c) This Section shall be applied and administered consistent with such
     further rights a Participant and his Dependents may be entitled to pursuant
     to Code Section 4980B and Section 10.14 of the Plan.


2.7.DEATH

         If a  Participant  dies,  his  participation  in the Plan shall  cease.
However, such Participant's beneficiaries,  or the representative of his estate,
may submit claims for expenses or benefits for the remainder of the Plan Year or
until the Cafeteria Plan Benefit Dollars  allocated to each specific benefit are
exhausted.  A Participant may designate a specific beneficiary for this purpose.
If no such  beneficiary  is  specified,  the  Administrator  may  designate  the
Participant's Spouse, one of his Dependents or a representative of his estate.
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE 3.
                            CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE PLAN


3.1.SALARY REDIRECTION

         Benefits  under  the Plan  shall be  financed  by  Salary  Redirections
sufficient to support  Benefits that a Participant has elected  hereunder and to
pay the Participant's Premium Expenses. The salary administration program of the
Employer  shall be revised to allow each  Participant to agree to reduce his pay
during a Plan Year by an amount  determined  necessary  to purchase  the elected
Benefit.  The amount of such Salary Redirection shall be specified in the Salary
Redirection  Agreement and shall be applicable for a Plan Year.  Notwithstanding
the above, for new Participants,  the Salary Redirection Agreement shall only be
applicable from the first day of the pay period  following the Employee's  entry
date up to and  including  the last day of the Plan Year.  However,  in no event
shall  a  Participant's  Salary  Redirection  exceed  95% of  the  Participant's
Compensation.  These  contributions shall be converted to Cafeteria Plan Benefit
Dollars  and  allocated  to the  funds or  accounts  established  under the Plan
pursuant to the Participants' elections made under Article V.

         Any Salary  Redirection shall be determined prior to the beginning of a
Plan Year  (subject to initial  elections  pursuant to Section 5.1) and prior to
the end of the  Election  Period  and shall be  irrevocable  for such Plan Year.
However,  a Participant  may revoke a Benefit  election or a Salary  Redirection
Agreement after the Plan Year has commenced and make a new election with respect
to the remainder of the Plan Year, if both the  revocation  and the new election
are on account of and  consistent  with a change in family status and such other
permitted  events as determined  under Article V of the Plan and consistent with
the rules and regulations of the Department of the Treasury.  Salary Redirection
amounts shall be  contributed on a pro rata basis for each pay period during the
Plan Year. All individual Salary Redirection Agreements are deemed to be part of
this Plan and incorporated by reference hereunder.


3.2.  APPLICATION OF CONTRIBUTIONS

         As soon as reasonably practical after each payroll period, the Employer
shall  apply the Salary  Redirection  to  provide  the  Benefits  elected by the
affected Participants. Any contributions made or withheld for the Dependent Care
Assistance Account shall be credited to such fund or account. Amounts designated
for the Participant's  Premium Expense  Reimbursement  Account shall likewise be
credited to such account for the purpose of paying Premium Expenses.


3.3.  PERIODIC CONTRIBUTIONS

         Notwithstanding the requirement provided above and in other Articles of
this Plan that Salary Redirections be contributed to the Plan by the Employer on
behalf of an Employee on a level and pro rata basis for each payroll period, the
Employer  and   Administrator   may   implement  a  procedure  in  which  Salary
Redirections  are contributed  throughout the Plan Year on a periodic basis that
is not pro rata for each payroll period.


                               ARTICLE 4. BENEFITS


4.1.BENEFIT OPTIONS

         Each  Participant  may elect to have the amount of his  Cafeteria  Plan
Benefit Dollars applied to any one or more of the following optional Benefits:

         (1) Dependent Care Assistance Program

         (2) Cash Benefit
<PAGE>


         In addition,  each Participant  shall have a sufficient  portion of his
Cafeteria Plan Benefit Dollars applied to the following  insured benefits unless
the Participant elects not to receive such benefits:

         (3) Health Insurance Benefit


4.2.  DEPENDENT CARE ASSISTANCE PROGRAM BENEFIT

         Each Participant may elect coverage under the Dependent Care Assistance
Program option, in which case Article VI shall apply.


4.3.  HEALTH INSURANCE BENEFIT

         (a) Each  Participant  may  elect  to be  covered  under a  health  and
     hospitalization Insurance Contract for the Participant,  his or her spouse,
     and his or her Dependents.

         (b)  The  Employer  may  select  suitable  health  and  hospitalization
     Insurance  Contracts for use in providing  this health  insurance  benefit,
     which policies will provide uniform benefits for all Participants  electing
     this Benefit.

         (c) The rights and conditions with respect to the benefits payable from
     such health and  hospitalization  Insurance  Contract  shall be  determined
     therefrom,  and such  Insurance  Contract shall be  incorporated  herein by
     reference.


4.4.  CASH BENEFIT

         If  a  Participant   elects  not  to  participate  in  the  Plan,  such
Participant  shall be deemed to have chosen the Cash Benefit as his sole Benefit
option.


4.5.  NONDISCRIMINATION REQUIREMENTS

         (a)  It  is  the  intent  of  this  Plan  to  provide   benefits  to  a
     classification  of employees  which the Secretary of the Treasury finds not
     to be  discriminatory  in favor of the group in whose favor  discrimination
     may not occur under Code Section 125.

         (b) It is the intent of this Plan not to provide qualified  benefits as
     defined  under Code Section 125 to Key Employees in amounts that exceed 25%
     of the aggregate of such Benefits provided for all Eligible Employees under
     the Plan. For purposes of the preceding sentence,  qualified benefits shall
     not  include   benefits  which  (without  regard  to  this  paragraph)  are
     includable in gross income.

         (c) If the Administrator deems it necessary to avoid  discrimination or
     possible  taxation to Key  Employees or a group of employees in whose favor
     discrimination  may not occur in violation of Code Section 125, it may, but
     shall not be required to, reduce  contributions or non-taxable  Benefits in
     order  to  assure  compliance  with  this  Section.  Any act  taken  by the
     Administrator  under this  Section  shall be carried  out in a uniform  and
     nondiscriminatory   manner.   If  the   Administrator   decides  to  reduce
     contributions  or non-taxable  Benefits,  it shall be done in the following
     manner. First, the non-taxable Benefits of the affected Participant (either
     an employee  who is highly  compensated  or a Key  Employee,  whichever  is
     applicable) who has the highest amount of non-taxable Benefits for the Plan
     Year shall have his non-taxable  benefits reduced until the  discrimination
     tests set forth in this  Section are  satisfied  or until the amount of his
     non-taxable  Benefits  equals  the  non-taxable  Benefits  of the  affected
     Participant who has the second highest amount of non-taxable Benefits. This
     process shall continue until the nondiscrimination  tests set forth in this
     Section are satisfied. With respect to any affected Participant who has had
     Benefits  reduced  pursuant to this Section,  the  reduction  shall be made
     proportionately  among  non-insured  Benefits,  and  once  all  non-insured
     Benefits   are   expended,    proportionately   among   insured   Benefits.
     Contributions which are not utilized to provide Benefits to any Participant
     by virtue of any administrative act under this paragraph shall be forfeited
     and deposited into the benefit plan surplus.



<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE 5.
                              PARTICIPANT ELECTIONS


5.1.  INITIAL ELECTIONS

         An Employee who meets the  eligibility  requirements  of Section 2.1 on
the first day of, or during,  a Plan Year may elect to  participate in this Plan
for all or the  remainder of such Plan Year,  provided he elects to do so before
his effective date of participation  pursuant to Section 2.2.  However,  if such
Employee does not complete an application to  participate  and benefit  election
form and deliver it to the  Administrator  before such date, his Election Period
shall extend 30 calendar days after such date, or for such further period as the
Administrator  shall  determine  and  apply on a uniform  and  nondiscriminatory
basis. However, any election during the extended 30-day election period pursuant
to this Section 5.1 shall not be effective until the first pay period  following
the later of such  Participant's  effective  date of  participation  pursuant to
Section  2.2  or  the  date  of  the  receipt  of  the  election   form  by  the
Administrator,  and shall be limited to the Benefit  expenses  incurred  for the
balance of the Plan Year for which the election is made.

         Notwithstanding   the  foregoing,   an  Employee  who  is  eligible  to
participate in this Plan and who is covered by the Employer's  insured  benefits
under this Plan shall  automatically  become a Participant  to the extent of the
Premiums  for such  insurance  unless the Employee  elects,  during the Election
Period, not to participate in the Plan.


5.2.  SUBSEQUENT ANNUAL ELECTIONS

         During the Election  Period prior to each  subsequent  Plan Year,  each
Participant  shall be given the opportunity to elect, on an election of benefits
form to be provided by the Administrator, which spending account Benefit options
he wishes to select and purchase with his Cafeteria  Plan Benefit  Dollars.  Any
such election shall be effective for any Benefit  expenses  incurred  during the
Plan  Year  which  follows  the  end of the  Election  Period.  With  regard  to
subsequent annual elections, the following options shall apply:

         (a) A  Participant  or  Employee  who  failed  to  initially  elect  to
     participate  may elect  different or new Benefits under the Plan during the
     Election Period;

         (b) A  Participant  may  terminate  his  participation  in the  Plan by
     notifying the  Administrator  in writing during the Election Period that he
     does not want to  participate in the Plan for the next Plan Year, or by not
     electing any Benefit options;

         (c) An  Employee  who  elects  not to  participate  for the  Plan  Year
     following  the  Election  Period will have to wait until the next  Election
     Period before again electing to  participate  in the Plan,  with respect to
     non-insured Benefits.


5.3.  FAILURE TO ELECT

         Any  Participant  failing to complete  an  election  of  benefits  form
pursuant to Section 5.2 by the end of the  applicable  Election  Period shall be
deemed to have  elected not to  participate  in the Plan for the  upcoming  Plan
Year. No further  Salary  Redirections  shall  therefore be authorized  for such
subsequent Plan Year.

<PAGE>

5.4.  CHANGE OF ELECTIONS

         (a) Any Participant  may change a Benefit  election after the Plan Year
     (to which such election  relates) has commenced and make new elections with
     respect to the remainder of such Plan Year if the changes are  necessitated
     by and are  consistent  with a change in family  status which is acceptable
     under rules and  regulations  adopted by the  Department  of the  Treasury.
     Benefit  election changes are consistent with family status changes only if
     the election changes are necessary or appropriate as a result of the family
     status  change.  Any new election under this Section 5.4 shall be effective
     at such time as the Administrator shall prescribe, but not earlier than the
     first  pay  period  beginning  after the  election  form is  completed  and
     returned to the  Administrator.  For the  purposes of this  paragraph,  the
     following events shall be considered examples of a change in family status:

         (1) the marriage or divorce of the Participant;

         (2) the birth or adoption of a child by the Participant;

         (3) the death of the Participant's spouse or a Dependent;

         (4) the termination or commencement of employment of the  Participant's
         spouse;

         (5) the switching  from  part-time to full-time  employment  status (or
         from  full-time  to  part-time   status)  by  the  Participant  or  the
         Participant's spouse;

         (6) the taking of an unpaid leave of absence by the  Participant or the
         Participant's spouse; or

         (7) a  significant  change  in  health  coverage  attributable  to  the
         spouse's employment.

         (b) If the Premium Expense under a health insurance Benefit provided by
     an independent,  third-party provider under the Plan increases or decreases
     during a Plan Year, then the Plan shall automatically increase or decrease,
     as the case may be, the Salary  Redirections  of all affected  Participants
     for such health insurance  Benefit.  Alternatively,  if the Premium Expense
     increases  significantly,  the  Administrator  shall  permit  the  affected
     Participants to either make corresponding changes in their Premium payments
     or revoke their  elections  and, in lieu thereof,  receive on a prospective
     basis  coverage  under  another  health  plan  with  similar  coverage.  In
     addition,  if the coverage under a health insurance  Benefit provided by an
     independent,  third-party  provider is  significantly  curtailed  or ceases
     during a Plan Year,  affected  Participants  may revoke their  elections of
     such health insurance  Benefit and, in lieu thereof,  elect to receive on a
     prospective basis coverage under another health plan with similar coverage.


                                   ARTICLE 6.
                        DEPENDENT CARE ASSISTANCE PROGRAM


6.1.  ESTABLISHMENT OF PROGRAM

         This  Dependent  Care  Assistance  Program is  intended to qualify as a
program under Code Section 129 and shall be interpreted  in a manner  consistent
with such Code Section.  Participants  who elect to  participate in this program
may submit claims for the  reimbursement  of  Employment-Related  Dependent Care
Expenses.  All amounts  reimbursed under this Dependent Care Assistance  Program
shall  be paid  from  amounts  allocated  to the  Participant's  Dependent  Care
Assistance Account.
<PAGE>

6.2.  DEFINITIONS

         For the purposes of this Article and the Cafeteria Plan the terms below
shall have the following meaning:

         (a) "Dependent Care Assistance  Account" means the account  established
     for a  Participant  pursuant to this Article to which part of his Cafeteria
     Plan  Benefit  Dollars may be allocated  and from which  Employment-Related
     Dependent Care Expenses of the Participant may be reimbursed.

         (b) "Dependent Care  Assistance  Program" means the program of benefits
     contained in this Article, which provides for the reimbursement of eligible
     expenses for the care of the Qualifying Dependents of Participants.

         (c) "Earned  Income"  means earned income as defined under Code Section
     32(c)(2),  but excluding  such amounts paid or incurred by the Employer for
     dependent care assistance to the Participant.

         (d) "Employment-Related Dependent Care Expenses" means the amounts paid
     for  expenses  of a  Participant  for those  services  which if paid by the
     Participant  would be considered  employment  related  expenses  under Code
     Section  21(b)(2).  Generally,  they shall  include  expenses for household
     services or for the care of a Qualifying Dependent, to the extent that such
     expenses are incurred to enable the  Participant  to be gainfully  employed
     for any period for which there are one or more  Qualifying  Dependents with
     respect  to such  Participant.  The  determination  of  whether  an  amount
     qualifies as an  Employment-Related  Dependent  Care Expense  shall be made
     subject to the following rules:

         (1) If  such  amounts  are  paid  for  expenses  incurred  outside  the
         Participant's  household,  they  shall  constitute   Employment-Related
         Dependent Care Expenses only if incurred for a Qualifying  Dependent as
         defined in Section  6.2(f)(1) (or deemed to be, as described in Section
         6.2(f)(1) pursuant to Section 6.2(f)(3)), or for a Qualifying Dependent
         as defined  in Section  6.2(f)(2)  (or  deemed to be, as  described  in
         Section 6.2(f)(2)  pursuant to Section  6.2(f)(3)) who regularly spends
         at least 8 hours per day in the Participant's household;

         (2) If the expense is  incurred  outside  the  Participant's  home at a
         facility that provides care for a fee, payment,  or grant for more than
         6 individuals who do not regularly reside at the facility, the facility
         must comply with all applicable  state and local laws and  regulations,
         including licensing requirements, if any; and

         (3)  Employment-Related  Dependent Care Expenses of a Participant shall
         not include amounts paid or incurred to a child of such Participant who
         is under the age of 19 or to an  individual  who is a dependent of such
         Participant or such Participant's Spouse.

         (e) "Highly  Compensated  Employee"  means an Employee  who is a highly
     compensated  employee  within the  meaning of Code  Section  414(q) and the
     Treasury regulations thereunder.

         (f) "Qualifying Dependent" means, for Dependent Care Assistance Program
     purposes,

         (1) a  Dependent  of a  Participant  who is under  the age of 13,  with
         respect to whom the  Participant is entitled to an exemption under Code
         Section 151(c);

         (2) a Dependent or the Spouse of a  Participant  who is  physically  or
         mentally incapable of caring for himself or herself; or

         (3) a child that is deemed to be a  Qualifying  Dependent  described in
         paragraph (1) or (2) above, whichever is appropriate,  pursuant to Code
         Section 21(e)(5).

         (g) The  definitions of Article I are hereby  incorporated by reference
     to the extent  necessary  to  interpret  and apply the  provisions  of this
     Dependent Care Assistance Program.



<PAGE>


6.3.  DEPENDENT CARE ASSISTANCE ACCOUNTS

         The Administrator  shall establish a Dependent Care Assistance  Account
for each  Participant  who elects to apply  Cafeteria  Plan  Benefit  Dollars to
Dependent Care Assistance Program benefits.


6.4.  INCREASES IN DEPENDENT CARE ASSISTANCE ACCOUNTS

         A Participant's  Dependent Care  Assistance  Account shall be increased
each pay period by the portion of  Cafeteria  Plan  Benefit  Dollars that he has
elected to apply  toward his  Dependent  Care  Assistance  Account  pursuant  to
elections made under Article V hereof.


6.5.  DECREASES IN DEPENDENT CARE ASSISTANCE ACCOUNTS

         A Participant's  Dependent Care Assistance  Account shall be reduced by
the amount of any Employment-Related  Dependent Care Expense reimbursements paid
or incurred on behalf of a Participant pursuant to Section 6.12 hereof.


6.6.  ALLOWABLE DEPENDENT CARE ASSISTANCE REIMBURSEMENT

         Subject to limitations contained in Section 6.9 of this Program, and to
the  extent  of  the  amount  contained  in  the  Participant's  Dependent  Care
Assistance Account, a Participant who incurs  Employment-Related  Dependent Care
Expenses shall be entitled to receive from the Employer full  reimbursement  for
the  entire  amount of such  expenses  incurred  during the Plan Year or portion
thereof during which he is a Participant.


6.7.  ANNUAL STATEMENT OF BENEFITS

         On or before  January 31st of each calendar  year,  the Employer  shall
furnish to each  Employee  who was a  Participant  and received  benefits  under
Section 6.6 during the prior  calendar  year, a statement  of all such  benefits
paid to or on behalf of such Participant during the prior calendar year.


6.8.  FORFEITURES

         The amount in a Participant's  Dependent Care Assistance  Account as of
the end of any Plan Year (and after the  processing  of all claims for such Plan
Year  pursuant to Section  6.12 hereof)  shall be forfeited  and credited to the
benefit plan surplus. In such event, the Participant shall have no further claim
to such amount for any reason.


6.9.  LIMITATION ON PAYMENTS

         Notwithstanding   any  provision  contained  in  this  Article  to  the
contrary, amounts paid from a Participant's Dependent Care Assistance Account in
or on account of any taxable year of the Participant shall not exceed the lesser
of the Earned  Income  limitation  described  in Code  Section  129(b) or $5,000
($2,500 if a separate  tax  return is filed by a  Participant  who is married as
determined under the rules of paragraphs (3) and (4) of Code Section 21(e)).

<PAGE>

6.10.  NONDISCRIMINATION REQUIREMENTS

         (a) It is the intent of this  Dependent  Care  Assistance  Program that
     contributions or benefits not  discriminate in favor of Highly  Compensated
     Employees or their Dependents, as prohibited by Code Section 129(d).

         (b) It is the intent of this Dependent Care Assistance Program that not
     more than 25 percent of the amounts paid by the Employer for dependent care
     assistance  during  the  Plan  Year  will  be  provided  for the  class  of
     individuals   who  are   shareholders   or  owners  (or  their  Spouses  or
     Dependents),  each of whom (on any day of the Plan  Year)  owns more than 5
     percent of the stock or of the capital or profits interest in the Employer.

         (c) If the Administrator deems it necessary to avoid  discrimination or
     possible  taxation to Highly  Compensated  Employees  defined under Section
     6.2(e) or to principal shareholders or owners as set forth in this Section,
     it may,  but shall not be  required  to,  reject  any  elections  or reduce
     contributions  or non-taxable  benefits in order to assure  compliance with
     this Section.  Any act taken by the Administrator  under this Section shall
     be  carried  out  in  a  uniform  and  nondiscriminatory   manner.  If  the
     Administrator  decides to reject any elections or reduce  contributions  or
     Benefits,  it shall be done in the following  manner.  First,  the Benefits
     designated  for  the  Dependent  Care  Assistance  Account  by  the  Highly
     Compensated  Employee that elected to contribute the highest amount to such
     account  for the Plan Year  shall be  reduced  until the  nondiscrimination
     tests  set  forth  in this  Section  are  satisfied,  or until  the  amount
     designated for the account equals the amount  designated for the account of
     the  Highly  Compensated  Employee  who  has  elected  the  second  highest
     contribution  to the Dependent Care  Assistance  Account for the Plan Year.
     This process shall continue until the nondiscrimination  tests set forth in
     this Section are satisfied. Contributions which are not utilized to provide
     Benefits to any Participant by virtue of any  administrative act under this
     paragraph shall be forfeited.


6.11.  COORDINATION WITH CAFETERIA PLAN

         All  Participants  under the  Cafeteria  Plan are  eligible  to receive
Benefits  under this  Dependent  Care  Assistance  Program.  The  enrollment and
termination  of   participation   under  the  Cafeteria  Plan  shall  constitute
enrollment and termination of participation under this Dependent Care Assistance
Program. In addition, other matters concerning contributions,  elections and the
like shall be governed by the general provisions of the Cafeteria Plan.


6.12.  DEPENDENT CARE ASSISTANCE PROGRAM CLAIMS

         The  Administrator  shall direct the payment of all such Dependent Care
Assistance  claims to the Participant upon the presentation to the Administrator
of documentation of such expenses in a form  satisfactory to the  Administrator.
However, in the Administrator's discretion, payments may be made directly to the
service provider. In its discretion in administering the Plan, the Administrator
may utilize  forms and require  documentation  of costs as may be  necessary  to
verify the claims  submitted.  At a minimum,  the form shall include a statement
from an independent  third party as proof that the expense has been incurred and
the amount of such expense. In addition, the Administrator may require that each
Participant  who  desires  to  receive  reimbursement  under  this  Program  for
Employment-Related  Dependent Care Expenses submit a statement which may contain
some or all of the following information:



<PAGE>



         (a) The Dependent or Dependents for whom the services were performed;

         (b) The nature of the services performed for the Participant,  the cost
     of which he wishes reimbursement;

         (c) The relationship,  if any, of the person performing the services to
     the Participant;

         (d) If the services are being performed by a child of the  Participant,
     the age of the child;

         (e) A statement as to where the services were performed;

         (f) If any of the services were performed outside the home, a statement
     as to whether the Dependent for whom such services were performed spends at
     least 8 hours a day in the Participant's household;

         (g) If the  services  were  being  performed  in a day care  center,  a
     statement

         (1) that the day care  center  complies  with all  applicable  laws and
         regulations of the state of residence,

         (2) that the day care center  provides care for more than 6 individuals
         (other than individuals residing at the center), and

         (3) of the amount of fee paid to the provider.

         (h)  If  the  Participant  is  married,  a  statement   containing  the
     following:

         (1) the Spouse's salary or wages if he or she is employed, or

         (2) if the Participant's Spouse is not employed, that

             (i) he or she is incapacitated, or

             (ii) he or she is a  full-time  student  attending  an  educational
             institution and the months during the year which he or she attended
             such institution.

         (i) If a  Participant  fails to submit a claim within the 60 day period
     immediately  following the end of the Plan Year,  those claims shall not be
     considered for reimbursement by the Administrator.


                                   ARTICLE 7.
                                ERISA PROVISIONS


7.1.  CLAIM FOR BENEFITS

         (a) Any claim for Benefits  underwritten by an Insurance Contract shall
     be made to the Insurer. If the Insurer denies any claim, the Participant or
     beneficiary shall follow the Insurer's claims review  procedure.  Any other
     claim for Benefits shall be made to the Administrator. If the Administrator
     denies a claim, the  Administrator may provide notice to the Participant or
     beneficiary,  in  writing,  within 90 days after the claim is filed  unless
     special  circumstances  require an  extension  of time for  processing  the
     claim. If the  Administrator  does not notify the Participant of the denial
     of the claim within the 90 day period specified above, then the claim shall
     be deemed  denied.  The notice of a denial of a claim shall be written in a
     manner calculated to be understood by the claimant and shall set forth:

         (1) specific  references to the pertinent Plan  provisions on which the
         denial is based;
<PAGE>

         (2) a description of any additional  material or information  necessary
         for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation as to why such
         information is necessary; and

         (3) an explanation of the Plan's claim procedure.

         (b) Within 60 days after  receipt of the above  material,  the claimant
     shall  have a  reasonable  opportunity  to appeal  the claim  denial to the
     Administrator  for a full  and  fair  review.  The  claimant  or  his  duly
     authorized representative may:

         (1) request a review upon written notice to the Administrator;

         (2) review pertinent documents; and

         (3) submit issues and comments in writing.

         (c) A  decision  on the  review by the  Administrator  will be made not
     later than 60 days after  receipt of a request for review,  unless  special
     circumstances require an extension of time for processing (such as the need
     to hold a hearing), in which event a decision should be rendered as soon as
     possible,  but in no event  later  than 120 days after  such  receipt.  The
     decision of the  Administrator  shall be written and shall include specific
     reasons for the decision,  written in a manner  calculated to be understood
     by the claimant,  with specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions
     on which the decision is based.

         (d)  Any  balance  remaining  in  the   Participants'   Dependent  Care
     Assistance  Account as of the end of each Plan Year shall be forfeited  and
     deposited in the benefit  plan surplus of the Employer  pursuant to Section
     6.8,  unless  the  Participant  had made a claim  for such  Plan  Year,  in
     writing,  which has been denied or is pending; in which event the amount of
     the claim shall be held in his account  until the claim  appeal  procedures
     set forth above have been satisfied or the claim is paid. If any such claim
     is denied on appeal,  the amount held beyond the end of the Plan Year shall
     be forfeited and credited to the benefit plan surplus.


7.2.  APPLICATION OF BENEFIT PLAN SURPLUS

         Any forfeited amounts credited to the benefit plan surplus by virtue of
the failure of a Participant to incur a qualified expense or seek  reimbursement
in a timely  manner may,  but need not be,  separately  accounted  for after the
close of the Plan Year (or after  such  further  time  specified  herein for the
filing of  claims)  in which  such  forfeitures  arose.  In no event  shall such
amounts be carried over to reimburse a Participant for expenses  incurred during
a subsequent  Plan Year for the same or any other  Benefit  available  under the
Plan; nor shall amounts forfeited by a particular  Participant be made available
to such Participant in any other form or manner, except as permitted by Treasury
regulations.  Amounts in the benefit plan surplus  shall first be used to defray
any administrative  costs and experience losses and thereafter be distributed to
Participants on a per capita basis as soon as administratively feasible.


7.3.  NAMED FIDUCIARY

         The  Administrator  shall  be the  named  fiduciary  pursuant  to ERISA
Section  402 and shall be  responsible  for the  management  and  control of the
operation and administration of the Plan.
<PAGE>


7.4.  GENERAL FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITIES

         The  Administrator  and any other fiduciary under ERISA shall discharge
their  duties  with  respect  to  this  Plan  solely  in  the  interest  of  the
Participants and their beneficiaries and

         (a) for the exclusive purpose of providing Benefits to Participants and
     their beneficiaries and defraying  reasonable expenses of administering the
     Plan;

         (b)  with  the  care,   skill,   prudence  and   diligence   under  the
     circumstances  then  prevailing  that a prudent man acting in like capacity
     and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of
     a like character and with like aims; and

         (c) in accordance with the documents and instruments governing the Plan
     insofar as such documents and instruments are consistent with ERISA.

7.5.  NONASSIGNABILITY OF RIGHTS

         The right of any  Participant  to receive any  reimbursement  under the
Plan  shall not be  alienable  by the  Participant  by  assignment  or any other
method, and shall not be subject to the rights of creditors,  and any attempt to
cause  such right to be so  subjected  shall not be  recognized,  except to such
extent as may be required by law.

                                   ARTICLE 8.
                                 ADMINISTRATION


8.1.  PLAN ADMINISTRATION

         The  operation  of the  Plan  shall  be under  the  supervision  of the
Administrator. It shall be a principal duty of the Administrator to see that the
Plan is carried out in accordance with its terms, and for the exclusive  benefit
of Employees  entitled to participate in the Plan. The Administrator  shall have
full power to administer the Plan in all of its details,  subject,  however,  to
the pertinent provisions of the Code. The Administrator's  powers shall include,
but shall not be limited to the  following  authority,  in addition to all other
powers provided by this Plan:

         (a) To make and enforce such rules and regulations as the Administrator
     deems necessary or proper for the efficient administration of the Plan;

         (b) To interpret the Plan, the Administrator's  interpretations thereof
     in good faith to be final and conclusive on all persons  claiming  benefits
     under the Plan;

         (c) To decide all questions  concerning the Plan and the eligibility of
     any  person to  participate  in the Plan and to receive  benefits  provided
     under the Plan;

         (d) To reject  elections  or to limit  contributions  or  Benefits  for
     certain highly compensated participants if it deems such to be desirable in
     order to avoid  discrimination  under the Plan in violation  of  applicable
     provisions of the Code;

         (e) To  provide  Employees  with a  reasonable  notification  of  their
     benefits available under the Plan;

         (f) To approve  reimbursement  requests and to authorize the payment of
     benefits; and

         (g) To appoint  such agents,  counsel,  accountants,  consultants,  and
     actuaries as may be required to assist in administering the Plan.

         Any procedure,  discretionary act, interpretation or construction taken
by the  Administrator  shall be done in a  nondiscriminatory  manner  based upon
uniform principles  consistently applied and shall be consistent with the intent
that the Plan shall  continue to comply  with the terms of Code  Section 125 and
the Treasury regulations thereunder.


8.2.  EXAMINATION OF RECORDS

         The Administrator  shall make available to each  Participant,  Eligible
Employee and any other Employee of the Employer such records as pertain to their
interest  under the Plan for  examination  at  reasonable  times  during  normal
business hours.



<PAGE>

8.3.  PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

         Any  reasonable  administrative  expenses shall be paid by the Employer
unless the Employer determines that  administrative  costs shall be borne by the
Participants  under  the Plan or by any  Trust  Fund  which  may be  established
hereunder.  The  Administrator  may impose  reasonable  conditions for payments,
provided  that  such  conditions  shall  not  discriminate  in favor  of  highly
compensated employees.


8.4.  INSURANCE CONTROL CLAUSE

         In the event of a conflict between the terms of this Plan and the terms
of an Insurance  Contract of an independent third party Insurer whose product is
then  being  used in  conjunction  with this  Plan,  the terms of the  Insurance
Contract shall control as to those  Participants  receiving  coverage under such
Insurance  Contract.  For this purpose,  the Insurance Contract shall control in
defining the persons eligible for insurance, the dates of their eligibility, the
conditions  which must be  satisfied  to become  insured,  if any,  the benefits
Participants  are  entitled  to and  the  circumstances  under  which  insurance
terminates.


8.5.  INDEMNIFICATION OF ADMINISTRATOR

         The Employer  agrees to indemnify  and to defend to the fullest  extent
permitted by law any Employee  serving as the  Administrator or as a member of a
committee designated as Administrator (including any Employee or former Employee
who previously served as Administrator or as a member of such committee) against
all  liabilities,  damages,  costs and expenses  (including  attorney's fees and
amounts paid in settlement of any claims approved by the Employer) occasioned by
any act or omission to act in connection  with the Plan, if such act or omission
is in good faith.



                                   ARTICLE 9.
                        AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF PLAN


9.1.  AMENDMENT

         The Employer, at any time or from time to time, may amend any or all of
the  provisions of the Plan without the consent of any Employee or  Participant.
Any such amendment shall be adopted by formal action of the Employer's  board of
directors  and  executed  by an  officer  authorized  to  act on  behalf  of the
Employer.  No amendment shall have the effect of modifying any benefit  election
of any  Participant  in  effect  at the  time of  such  amendment,  unless  such
amendment  is made to comply  with  Federal,  state or local  laws,  statutes or
regulations.


9.2.  TERMINATION

         The Employer is establishing  this Plan with the intent that it will be
maintained for an indefinite period of time.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
Employer  reserves the right to terminate this Plan, in whole or in part, at any
time. In the event the Plan is  terminated,  no further  contributions  shall be
made. Benefits under any Insurance Contract shall be paid in accordance with the
terms of the Contract.

         No further  additions  shall be made to the Dependent  Care  Assistance
Account,  but all payments from such fund shall continue to be made according to
the  elections  in  effect  until  the end of the Plan  Year in  which  the Plan
termination occurs (and for a reasonable period of time thereafter,  if required
for the filing of  claims),  or until the  balances  of all  accounts  have been
reduced to zero,  whichever occurs first. Any amounts remaining in any such fund
or account as of the end of the Plan Year in which Plan termination occurs shall
be forfeited and  deposited in the benefit plan surplus after the  expiration of
the filing period.
<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE 10.
                                  MISCELLANEOUS


10.1.  PLAN INTERPRETATION

         All  provisions  of this Plan  shall be  interpreted  and  applied in a
uniform,  nondiscriminatory  manner. This Plan shall be read in its entirety and
not severed except as provided in Section 10.12.


10.2.  GENDER AND NUMBER

         Wherever any words are used herein in the masculine, feminine or neuter
gender,  they shall be construed as though they were also used in another gender
in all cases where they would so apply,  and  whenever any words are used herein
in the singular or plural form, they shall be construed as though they were also
used in the other form in all cases where they would so apply.


10.3.  WRITTEN DOCUMENT

         This Plan, in conjunction  with any separate written document which may
be required by law, is intended to satisfy the written Plan  requirement of Code
Section 125 and any Treasury regulations thereunder relating to cafeteria plans.


10.4.  EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT

         This  Plan  shall  be  maintained  for  the  exclusive  benefit  of the
Employees who participate in the Plan.


10.5.  PARTICIPANT'S RIGHTS

         This Plan  shall not be deemed to  constitute  an  employment  contract
between  the  Employer  and  any  Participant  or  to be a  consideration  or an
inducement for the employment of any Participant or Employee.  Nothing contained
in this Plan shall be deemed to give any Participant or Employee the right to be
retained in the service of the  Employer or to  interfere  with the right of the
Employer to discharge any  Participant or Employee at any time regardless of the
effect which such discharge shall have upon him as a Participant of this Plan.


10.6.  ACTION BY THE EMPLOYER

         Whenever  the  Employer  under  the terms of the Plan is  permitted  or
required  to do or  perform  any act or matter  or  thing,  it shall be done and
performed by a person duly authorized by its legally constituted authority.


10.7.  EMPLOYER'S PROTECTIVE CLAUSES

         (a) Upon the  failure  of either the  Participant  or the  Employer  to
     obtain the  insurance  contemplated  by this Plan  (whether  as a result of
     negligence,  gross neglect or otherwise),  the Participant's Benefits shall
     be limited to the insurance  premium(s),  if any, that remained  unpaid for
     the period in question and the actual insurance proceeds,  if any, received
     by the Employer or the Participant as a result of the Participant's claim.

         (b) The Employer's  liability to the  Participant  shall only extend to
     and shall be limited to any payment actually  received by the Employer from
     the Insurer.  In the event that the full insurance Benefit  contemplated is
     not  promptly  received  by the  Employer  within a  reasonable  time after
     submission of a claim,  then the Employer  shall notify the  Participant of
     such  facts  and the  Employer  shall no longer  have any legal  obligation
     whatsoever  (except  to execute  any  document  called for by a  settlement
     reached  by the  Participant).  The  Participant  shall be free to  settle,
     compromise  or refuse to pursue the claim as the  Participant,  in his sole
     discretion, shall see fit.

         (c) The  Employer  shall not be  responsible  for the  validity  of any
     Insurance  Contract issued  hereunder or for the failure on the part of the
     Insurer to make payments  provided for under any Insurance  Contract.  Once
     insurance is applied for or obtained,  the Employer shall not be liable for
     any loss which may result  from the  failure to pay  Premiums to the extent
     Premium notices are not received by the Employer.
<PAGE>


10.8.  NO GUARANTEE OF TAX CONSEQUENCES

         Neither the  Administrator  nor the Employer  makes any  commitment  or
guarantee that any amounts paid to or for the benefit of a Participant under the
Plan will be excludable from the Participant's gross income for federal or state
income tax purposes, or that any other federal or state tax treatment will apply
to or be  available  to any  Participant.  It  shall be the  obligation  of each
Participant to determine  whether each payment under the Plan is excludable from
the Participant's gross income for federal and state income tax purposes, and to
notify the  Employer  if the  Participant  has  reason to believe  that any such
payment  is not so  excludable.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the rights of
Participants under this Plan shall be legally enforceable.


10.9.  INDEMNIFICATION OF EMPLOYER BY PARTICIPANTS

         If any  Participant  receives  one or more  payments or  reimbursements
under the Plan that are not for a  permitted  Benefit,  such  Participant  shall
indemnify  and reimburse the Employer for any liability it may incur for failure
to  withhold  federal  or state  income  tax or  Social  Security  tax from such
payments or  reimbursements.  However,  such  indemnification  and reimbursement
shall not exceed the amount of additional federal and state income tax (plus any
penalties)   that  the   Participant   would  have  owed  if  the   payments  or
reimbursements  had been made to the  Participant as regular cash  compensation,
plus the  Participant's  share of any Social  Security  tax that would have been
paid on such  compensation,  less any such additional income and Social Security
tax actually paid by the Participant.


10.10.  FUNDING

         Unless otherwise required by law, contributions to the Plan need not be
placed  in  trust  or  dedicated  to a  specific  Benefit,  but may  instead  be
considered  general assets of the Employer.  Furthermore,  and unless  otherwise
required by law,  nothing  herein  shall be construed to require the Employer or
the  Administrator  to maintain any fund or segregate any amount for the benefit
of any  Participant,  and no  Participant  or other  person shall have any claim
against,  right to, or security or other interest in, any fund, account or asset
of the Employer from which any payment under the Plan may be made.


10.11.  GOVERNING LAW

         This Plan is governed by the Code and the Treasury  regulations  issued
thereunder  (as they might be amended from time to time).  In no event shall the
Employer  guarantee  the  favorable  tax  treatment  sought by this Plan. To the
extent  not  preempted  by Federal  law,  the  provisions  of this Plan shall be
construed,  enforced  and  administered  according  to the laws of the  State of
Illinois.


10.12.  SEVERABILITY

         If any  provision  of the Plan is held  invalid or  unenforceable,  its
invalidity  or  unenforceability  shall not affect any other  provisions  of the
Plan,  and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such provision had not
been included herein.

<PAGE>


10.13.  CAPTIONS

         The  captions  contained  herein  are  inserted  only  as a  matter  of
convenience and for reference,  and in no way define, limit, enlarge or describe
the scope or intent of the  Plan,  nor in any way shall  affect  the Plan or the
construction of any provision thereof.


10.14.  CONTINUATION OF COVERAGE

         Notwithstanding  anything in the Plan to the contrary, in the event any
benefit under this Plan subject to the continuation coverage requirement of Code
Section  4980B  becomes  unavailable,  each  Participant  will  be  entitled  to
continuation coverage as prescribed in Code Section 4980B.



<PAGE>



         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Plan document is hereby executed as of the 1st
day of January, 1995.



                                             First National Bancorp, Inc.
                                             an Illinois Corporation

ATTEST:

/s/ Albert G. D'Ottavio, Secretary           By /s/ Kevin T. Reardon
- ----------------------------------           -----------------------------------
Albert G. D'Ottavio, Secretary               Kevin T. Reardon, Chairman of the
                                                  Board






<PAGE>





                       CERTIFICATE OF CORPORATE RESOLUTION

         The  undersigned   Secretary  of  First  National  Bancorp,  Inc.  (the
Corporation)  hereby certifies that the following  resolutions were duly adopted
by the board of directors of the Corporation on ______________________, and that
such resolutions have not been modified or rescinded as of the date hereof:

         RESOLVED,  that the form of Cafeteria  Plan  including a Dependent Care
Assistance  Program  effective  January 1, 1995,  presented  to this  meeting is
hereby  approved and adopted and that the proper officers of the Corporation are
hereby  authorized and directed to execute and deliver to the  Administrator  of
the Plan one or more counterparts of the Plan.

         RESOLVED,  that the  Administrator  shall be  instructed  to take  such
actions that are deemed necessary and proper in order to implement the Plan, and
to set up adequate accounting and administrative  procedures to provide benefits
under the Plan.

         RESOLVED, that the proper officers of the Corporation shall act as soon
as possible to notify the  employees of the  Corporation  of the adoption of the
Cafeteria Plan by delivering to each employee a copy of the summary  description
of the  Plan in the  form of the  Summary  Plan  Description  presented  to this
meeting, which form is hereby approved.

         The  undersigned  further  certifies that attached hereto as Exhibits A
and B, respectively,  are true copies of First National Bancorp, Inc. Employees'
Cafeteria  Plan and the Summary  Plan  Description  approved  and adopted in the
foregoing resolutions.



                                               --------------------------------
                                               Secretary



                                               Date: __________________________





                                   EXHIBIT 11


                 Statement Re Computation of Earnings per Share

                             Year ended December 31,



                                                   1995        1994      1993
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Weighted average number of shares outstanding   1,215,902   1,215,902  1,215,902
                                                --------------------------------

Net income (in thousands) ...................   $   8,211 $     7,507 $    7,366
                                                --------------------------------

Earnings per share ..........................   $   6.75 $      6.17 $      6.06
                                                --------------------------------


Note: Earnings per common share have been retroactively  restated to reflect the
      7 for 5 stock split in 1994.





                          FIRST NATIONAL BANCORP, INC.
                             78 North Chicago Street
                             Joliet, Illinois 60432

                                 PROXY STATEMENT


         This proxy statement is furnished in connection  with the  solicitation
of  proxies  to be voted at the Annual  Shareholders  Meeting of First  National
Bancorp,  Inc. (the  "Company") to be held on Thursday,  March 14, 1996, at 3:00
p.m.  at 78 N.  Chicago  Street,  Joliet,  Illinois,  and  any  adjournments  or
postponements thereof and further to inform the Shareholders  concerning the use
of the proxy and the business to be transacted at the meeting.

         This  proxy  statement  and  form of proxy  were  first  mailed  to the
Shareholders on or about Thursday, February 22, 1996.

         The proxy may be  revoked  at any time  before it is voted  whether  in
writing  delivered  to the  Company  stating  that the proxy is  revoked or by a
subsequent  proxy  executed by or attendance at the meeting and voting in person
by the person executing the proxy. The items  enumerated  herein  constitute the
only  business  which the Board of  Directors  intends to present or is informed
that others  will  present at the  meeting.  If any other  matters are  properly
presented at the meeting for action,  the persons  name in the enclosed  form of
proxy and acting  thereunder will have the discretion to vote on such matters in
accordance with their best judgement.

         The enclosed  proxy is solicited on behalf of the Board of Directors of
the Company. The expenses in connection with the solicitation of proxies will be
borne by the Company.  Solicitation  will be made by mail, but may in some cases
also be made by  telephone or personal  calls by officers,  directors or regular
employees of First National Bank of Joliet who will not be specially compensated
for such solicitation.

         On the record date, the Company had issued and outstanding and entitled
to vote  1,215,902  shares of $10.00 par value common  stock,  except that 2,683
shares,  or .22%,  are held by the Trust  Department  of First  National Bank of
Joliet as sole Trustee and may not be voted.  Only Shareholders of record at the
close of business of the Company on Friday,  February 16, 1996,  are entitled to
notice of and to vote at the  Shareholders  meeting.  Each share of common stock
entitles  the holder to one (1) vote on any matter  brought  before the  meeting
except for the election of directors.

         A quorum of  Shareholders  is  necessary  to take  action at the Annual
Shareholders  Meeting.  A majority of the outstanding  shares of common stock of
the  Company,  represented  in person or by proxy,  will  constitute a quorum of
Shareholders at the Annual Shareholders Meeting.  Abstentions will be considered
as present for purposes of a quorum and will be  considered  as a no vote on any
matter brought before the Shareholders.  If a broker indicates on the proxy that
it does not have discretionary  authority to vote certain shares of common stock
on a  particular  matter,  those  shares will not be  considered  as present for
purposes of a quorum and  therefore  not  entitled to vote with  respect to that
matter. Votes cast by proxy or in person at the Annual Shareholders Meeting will
be tabulated by the inspectors of election appointed for the Annual Shareholders
Meeting.

         In the election for directors, each Shareholder shall have the right to
vote the number of shares owned by such Shareholder for as many persons as there
are directors to be elected or to cumulate such votes and give one (1) person as
many votes as shall equal the number of  directors to be elected  multiplied  by
the  number  of such  shares  or to  distribute  such  cumulative  votes  in any
proportion  among any number of  persons.  The eleven (11)  persons  receiving a
plurality of the votes cast for director shall be elected as directors.  For any
other proposal brought before the  Shareholders,  a simple majority of the votes
cast is required for the proposal to be approved.

         A copy of the 1995 Annual  Report of the  Company and its wholly  owned
subsidiaries, the First National Bank of Joliet ("FNB"), Southwest Suburban Bank
("SWSB"),  the Bank of  Lockport  ("BOL")  and Plano  Bancshares,  Inc.  and its
subsidiary the Community Bank of Plano ("CBP"), is enclosed and accompanies this
Proxy Statement.







<PAGE>


Election of Directors

         The eleven (11)  persons  named below are the persons whom the Board of
Directors  recommends for election as directors of the Company for a term ending
at the next Annual Shareholders Meeting in 1997. All of the nominees are members
of the current Board of Directors of the Company.

         It is intended that all shares of common stock  represented  by a proxy
in the  accompanying  form will be voted for the election of the persons  listed
below as  directors  unless  authority  to vote for the election of directors is
withheld in such proxy. The Board of Directors has no reason to believe that any
of the  nominees  will refuse or be unable to serve,  but if any of the nominees
will refuse or be unable to serve,  proxies  may be voted for  election of other
persons selected by the Board of Directors.  Certain information with respect to
the nominees is set forth below.

<TABLE>
                              NOMINEES FOR DIRECTOR

                              Principal Occupation for             Director of Company or
Name and Age                   the Past Five Years(1)                  Subsidiary Since
- ------------                  ------------------------             ----------------------
<S>                           <C>                                  <C>
Sheldon C. Bell          President, Coldwell Banker Bell                   1973
(Age 61)                 (Real Estate)

George H. Buck           President, Werden Buck Company                    1980
(Age 47)                 (Face Brick-Masonry Materials)

Albert G. D'Ottavio      President, Secretary/Treasurer, and COO,          1980
(Age 52)                 First National Bancorp, Inc.; President
                         and COO, First National Bank of Joliet

Watson A. Healy          Achitect                                          1976
(Age 71)

Paul A. Lambrecht        Retired Chairma, Brown & Lambrecht                1976
(Age 72)                 Construction, Inc. (Earthmoving)

Harvey J. Lewis          Farmer                                            1973
(Age 71)

Walter F. Nolan          Partner, Clifton, Gunderson & Co.                 1991
(Age 55)                 (Certified Public Accountant)

Charles R. Peyla (2)     President, Illinois Securities Company            1973
(Age 63)                 (Insurance)

Louis R. Peyla (2)       Chairman of the Board, Illinois Securities        1983
(Age 65)                 Company (Insurance)

Kevin T. Reardon         Chairman of the Board and CEO, First              1973
(Age 60)                 National Bancorp, Inc. and First National
                         Bank of Joliet

Howard E. Reeves         President, HOW Enterprises, Inc.                  1980
(Age 62)                 (Land Development)

<FN>
(1)  All of the  above  named  directors  have  been  engaged  in the  principal
     occupation specified for more than five years unless otherwise noted.

(2)  Charles R. and Louis R. Peyla are brothers
</FN>
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

         The following table sets forth certain  information with respect to the
beneficial ownership of the Company's Common Stock at December 31, 1995, by each
person  known by the Company to be the  beneficial  owner of more than 5% of the
outstanding Common Stock, by each director or nominee, by each executive officer
named in the Summary  Compensation  Table,  and by all  directors  and executive
officers of the Company as a group.


    Name of Individual or                   Amount and Nature of        Percent
Number of Individuals in Group             Beneficial Ownership (1)     of Class
- ------------------------------             ------------------------     --------

Directors
- ---------

Sheldon C. Bell .............................        10,752               0.88%

George H. Buck ..............................         7,898               0.65%

Albert G. D'Ottavio .........................         8,013               0.66%

Watson A. Healy .............................         5,247               0.43%

Paul A. Lambrecht ...........................        20,473               1.68%

Harvey J. Lewis .............................         4,240               0.35%

Walter F. Nolan .............................        19,045               1.56%

Charles R. Peyla ............................        24,424               2.00%

Louis R. Peyla ..............................        21,257               1.74%

Kevin T. Reardon ............................        27,515               2.26%

Howard E. Reeves ............................        18,657               1.53%

All directors and executive officers
of the Company and the Bank as a
group (14 persons)...........................       175,056              14.40%


(1)  All of the listed directors and executive officers exercise sole voting and
     investment  control over the shares  indicated and own the shares directly,
     except for the following shares: Sheldon C. Bell--jointly with spouse 1,560
     shares,  as Trustee of the  Company's  Profit  Sharing  Trust 8,586 shares;
     George  H.  Buck--custodian  42  shares;  Albert G.  D'Ottavio--spouse  406
     shares;  Watson A. Healy--trust  4,724 shares;  Paul A.  Lambrecht--jointly
     with spouse 6,858 shares and trust 13,092 shares;  Harvey J. Lewis--trustee
     3,075 shares,  spouse  trustee 955 shares;  Walter F.  Nolan--jointly  with
     spouse 7,665 shares;  Charles R.  Peyla--agent for the Illinois  Securities
     Company 5,511 shares,  co-trustee 17,624 shares, spouse 42 shares; Louis R.
     Peyla--co-trustee  17,624 shares;  Kevin T.  Reardon--trust  13,265 shares,
     spouse trust 10,000 shares,  trustee 4,050 shares; Howard E. Reeves--spouse
     3,935 shares,  trust 5,982 shares,  trustee of the Company  Profit  Sharing
     Trust  8,400  shares;  Jack A.  Podlesny--jointly  with  spouse 648 shares,
     jointly with other relatives 168 shares,  individually 386 shares; James T.
     Limacher--trustee   99  shares,   individually   3,522   shares;   John  J.
     Keigher--jointly with spouse 2,712 shares.





<PAGE>


Transactions with Management


      Directors  and  officers  of the Company  and its  subsidiaries  and their
associates,  were  customers  of and had  transactions  with the Company and its
subsidiaries during 1995. Additional  transactions may be expected to take place
in the  future.  All loans,  commitments  to loan,  transactions  in  repurchase
agreements  and  certificates  of deposit and depository  relationships,  in the
opinion  of  management,  were  made in the  ordinary  course  of  business,  on
substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral,  as those
prevailing at the time for  comparable  transactions  with other persons and did
not  involve  more than the  normal  risk of  collectability  or  present  other
unfavorable features.

      Charles  R. And Louis R. Peyla  each own more than a 10%  interest  in the
Illinois  Securities  Company.  FNB, SWSB, BOL, and CBP have purchased insurance
policies through the Illinois  Securities  Company for a number of years and the
Company and its subsidiaries will continue to do so in 1996. In 1995 FNBJ, SWSB,
BOL and CBP paid  approximately  $456,600  in  insurance  premiums  for  various
policies to the Illinois Securities Company.


Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934


      Section 16(a) of the  Securities  Exchange Act requires that the Company's
directors, executive officers and persons who own more than 10% of the Company's
Common  Stock file  reports of  ownership  and  changes  in  ownership  with the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission.  Such persons are also required to furnish
the Company  with copies of all Section  16(a) forms they file.  Based solely on
the  Company's  review  of  the  copies  of  such  forms  and,  if  appropriate,
representations  made to the  Company by any such  reporting  person  concerning
whether a Form 5 was required to be filed for the 1995 fiscal year,  the Company
is  not  aware  that  any  of  its  directors  and  executive  officers  or  10%
stockholders  failed to comply  with the filing  requirements  of Section  16(a)
during the period commencing January 1, 1995 through December 31, 1995.


Board of Directors and Committees of the Company


      The Board of Directors of the Company had twelve (12) meetings in 1995. No
director  attended  less than 80% of all such  meetings.  The  directors  of the
Company do not  receive  any  compensation  for  attendance  at  meetings of the
directors of the Company.  All  directors of the Company also serve as directors
of FNB and only receive  compensation as directors of FNB.  Messrs.  Reardon and
D'Ottavio also serve as directors of the Company's other  subsidiaries,  without
additional compensation.

      The Company's  Board of Directors did not have any committees in 1995. The
full Board of Directors  considers  matters  pertaining  to  nominations  to the
Board.

                            Compensation of Directors

      Directors  of the Company are not paid a fee for serving on the  Company's
Board. Directors of FNB receive a fee of $1,500 per meeting of the FNB Board and
$100 for each committee meeting attended.


Report of the Compensation Committee on Executive Compensation


      Officers  of  the  Company  are  not  compensated  separately  from  their
respective  positions at FNB. The  Compensation  Committee of FNB is responsible
for  recommending  salaries to the Board of  Directors  of FNB and  establishing
compensation  plans and  policies  for the  executive  officers  and  members of
management  of FNB.  The  Board  of  Directors  of FNB  review  and act upon the
recommendations of the Compensation Committee.
<PAGE>


      The  compensation  Committee  has  in the  past  set  annual  compensation
recommendations  by  evaluating  the  responsibilities  of the positions and the
individuals'  experience,  performance,  career  progress and  development.  The
Compensation  Committee utilized  Sheshunoff,  Illinois Bank  Administration and
Bank Administration  Institute surveys in the analysis of compensation levels of
similarly  employed  individuals.  The compensation of the executive officers as
established by the Compensation Committee and approved by the Board of Directors
of FNB are generally targeted in the middle of the compensation  levels in these
surveys. In addition,  the compensation of its chief executive officer and chief
operating  officer are  reviewed  with respect to their very active roles in the
performance  and management of the Company and its four subsidiary  banks,  FNB,
SWSB,  BOL and CBP.  With  respect to Mr.  Kevin T.  Reardon,  the  Compensation
Committee  of FNB  recommended  and the Board of  Directors  of FNB  approved an
increase in his base cash compensation for 1995 from $222,000 to $230,000.  With
respect  to  Mr.  Albert  G.  D'Ottavio,   the  Compensation  Committee  of  FNB
recommended  and the Board of  Directors of FNB approved an increase in his base
cash compensation for 1995 from $177,000 to $185,000.

      In  reaching  a decision  with  respect  to  bonuses  to be  awarded,  the
Committee gave significant  consideration to the individual contributions of the
officer,  the favorable  operating results of the Company 1995 and the continued
success of FNB,  SWSB,  BOL and CBP with respect to earnings,  return on equity,
return on assets,  total return to  Shareholders  and  financial  condition.  No
precise  weighting  was  assigned  to any of  these  factors  and the  Committee
believes that the performance of the Company in each area has compared favorably
with similar sized bank holding  companies in this geographic  area. The bonuses
reflect the view of the Compensation  Committee that the awards were appropriate
in light of the excellent  performance  over the past three years of the Company
and its subsidiary banks. The Compensation Committee recognized  achievements of
the chief  executive  officer  and the chief  operating  officer in the areas of
customer  service,  technology use and innovation and management  efficiency but
did not assign a weighting  factor to any  specific  area.  With  respect to Mr.
Kevin T. Reardon,  Chief Executive  officer,  the Compensation  Committee of FNB
recommended  and its Board of  Directors  approved  an increase in his bonus for
1995 from $168,000 to $180,000.  With respect to Mr. Albert G. D'Ottavio,  Chief
Operating Officer,  the Compensation  Committee of FNB recommended and its Board
of  Directors  approved  an  increase  in his bonus for 1995  from  $105,000  to
$112,000.

      Neither Mr. Reardon nor Mr.  D'Ottavio  participated in discussions of the
Compensation Committee regarding either of their respective compensation.

      This report is submitted on behalf of the members of the Committee:

                               Charles R. Peyla
                               Paul A. Lambrecht
                               Kevin T. Reardon
                               Albert G. D'Ottavio
                               Howard E. Reeves

      The  incorporation  by reference of this Proxy Statement into any document
filed with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission by the Company shall not be
deemed to include the preceding report unless such report is specifically stated
to be incorporated by reference into such document.


Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation


      The Company does not have a Compensation  Committee and no compensation is
paid by the  Company to any  officer.  However,  Kevin T.  Reardon and Albert G.
D'Ottavio, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer respectively,  do
serve on the  Compensation  Committee  of FNB.  They do not  participate  in any
discussions  and  they  abstain  from  any  vote of the  Compensation  Committee
regarding  either of their  compensation as officers of FNB. The Company's Board
of Directors had no compensation committee interlocks with any other entity.
<PAGE>


Executive Compensation


      The following  table sets forth  information  concerning the  compensation
paid or granted for the past three fiscal years to the Company's Chief Executive
Officer and to each of the other four most highly compensated executive officers
of the Company whose aggregate  salary and bonus exceeded  $100,000 for the 1995
fiscal year.

                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE


<TABLE>
                                                                                                        Long Term Compensation
                                                        Annual Compensation              Awards                Payouts

            (a)                                (b)        (c)       (d)       (e)        (f)         (g)         (h)        (i)
                                                                            Other                 Securities
                                                                            Annual    Restricted  Underlying              All Other
Name and Principal                                                          Compen-     Stock      Options/      LTIP      Compen-
Position                                      Year     Salary($)  Bonus($)  sation($)  Award(s)     SARs(#)   Payouts($)  sation ($)
- ------------------                            ----     ---------  --------  --------- ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                           <C>      <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>

 
Kevin T. Reardon .......................      1995      230,000   180,000      -0-        -0-        -0-         -0-       4,593.86
Chairman of the Board,  CEO ............      1994      222,000   168,000      -0-        -0-        -0-         -0-       4,616.88
and Director of First National .........      1993      210,000   160,000      -0-        -0-        -0-         -0-       3,936.63
Bank of Joliet

Albert G. D'Ottavio ....................      1995      185,000   112,000      -0-        -0-        -0-         -0-       4,509.19
President, COO and Director ............      1994      177,000   105,000      -0-        -0-        -0-         -0-       4,620.00
of First National Bank of Joliet .......      1993      168,000   100,000      -0-        -0-        -0-         -0-       4,497.02

Jack A. Podlesny .......................      1995      100,000    20,000      -0-        -0-        -0-         -0-       3,565.00
Vice-President and Cashier .............      1994       93,000    17,500      -0-        -0-        -0-         -0-       3,285.00
of First National Bank of Joliet .......      1993       87,000    17,500      -0-        -0-        -0-         -0-       3,110.00

John J. Keigher ........................      1995      100,000    20,000      -0-        -0-        -0-         -0-       3,565.00
Vice-President of ......................      1994       93,000    15,000      -0-        -0-        -0-         -0-       3,210.00
First National Bank of Joliet ..........      1993       87,000    15,000      -0-        -0-        -0-         -0-       3,035.00

James T. Limacher ......................      1995       89,000    15,000      -0-        -0-        -0-         -0-       3,120.00
Vice-President of ......................      1994       89,000    15,000      -0-        -0-        -0-         -0-       2,970.00
First National Bank of Joliet ..........      1993       89,000    10,000      -0-        -0-        -0-         -0-       2,950.00

</TABLE>

Pension Plan


      FNB  maintains  the First  National  Bank of Joliet  Retirement  Plan (the
"Plan") to provide  retirement  benefits to eligible  employees of the Company's
subsidiary banks.  Prior to November 1, 1991, only employees of FNB were covered
by the Plan.  Commencing on November 1, 1991,  the Plan coverage was extended to
employees of SWSB, on January 1, 1992 Plan coverage was extended to employees of
BOL,  and on November 1, 1994 Plan  coverage  was  extended to employees of CBP.
Each year employer  contributions  to the Plan are required in amounts which are
actuarially  determined  and are dependent  upon  participant  age,  service and
compensation,  benefit  payments,  and  investment  gains or losses of the trust
fund. Upon attainable normal retirement age under the Plan (sixty-five (65) with
at least 5 years of  participation  in the Plan),  an eligible  employee will be
entitled to a monthly  pension  benefit.  The benefit shall be equal to 1.25% of
final average pay plus .625% of final average pay over the covered  compensation
amount (based on date of birth) times years of service (maximum 30 years),  plus
 .5% of final average pay times years of service in excess of 30 years (maximum 5
years).

      Employees  are  eligible  to  participate  in the Plan upon  reaching  age
twenty-one  (21) and the  completion of a year of service.  A year of service is
(i) the first  twelve  (12)  consecutive  months;  or (ii) the  first  Plan year
(November  through October)  thereafter,  during which an employee  completes at
least 1,000 hours of service of  employment  with one or more of the  subsidiary
banks.
<PAGE>


      Any  participant  in the Plan who terminates his employment for any reason
other than retirement,  disability or death, will be entitled to a percentage of
his accrued benefits according to the following vesting schedule:

     Years of Service                 Vested %
     ----------------                 --------

            1                             0%
            2                             0%
            3                            20%
            4                            40%
            5                            60%
            6                            80%
            7                           100%


Pension Plan Table


      The  following  Pension  Plan Table shows the  estimated  annual  benefits
payable  upon  retirement  in 1995  for  participants  in Plan at the  specified
compensation and years of service levels:

                    
                                Years of Service
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Compensation    15           20          25               30               35
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

   20,000      3,750        5,000       6,250            7,500            8,000
                   
   40,000      8,820       11,760      14,700           17,640           18,640
                     
   60,000     14,445       19,260      24,075           28,890           30,390
                    
   80,000     20,070       26,760      33,450           40,140           42,140
                    
  100,000     25,695       34,260      42,825           51,390           53,890
                     
  120,000     31,320       41,760      52,200           62,640           65,640
                     
  140,000     36,945       49,260      61,575           73,890           77,390
                    
  150,000     39,758       53,010      66,263           79,515           83,265
                   


      The normal  retirement  benefit for a retired  eligible  employee is based
upon final  average pay.  Final  average pay is determined by the average of the
highest  sixty (60)  consecutive  months  compensation  within the last ten (10)
completed years of employment.  Compensation  greater than $150,000  exceeds the
current qualified plan compensation  limits.  Special  transition rules apply to
benefits  based on  compensation  above this level.  Table benefits are computed
based upon a life annuity and ten-year certain payment form.

      The years of credited service for named executive officers is as follows:

                                             Years of Credited Service
      Name of Individual                           Towards Plan
      ------------------                     -------------------------

      Kevin T. Reardon                                  34
      Albert G. D'Ottavio                               31
      Jack A. Podlesny                                  22
      John J. Keigher                                   34
      James T. Limacher                                 24
<PAGE>


      The  incorporation  by reference of this Proxy Statement into any document
filed with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission by the Company shall not be
deemed to include the following performance graph and related information unless
such graph and related  information is specifically stated to be incorporated by
reference into such document.


Shareholder Return Performance Presentation

The graphical  presentation  omitted herein compares the cumulative total return
over the eight year period from January 1, 1988 through  December 31, 1995 based
on a $100  investment  made as of December  31,  1987.  For purposes of the $100
invested in Company common stock,  it is assumed the dividends  received  during
the eight year  measurement  period were  reinvested at the then current trading
price for Company common stock.  The  cumulative  total return also reflects the
change in share price between the beginning and end of the  measurement  period.
Changes in the Nasdaq  Stock Market  Composite  and Nasdaq Bank indices over the
same eight year  measurement  period using an equal $100  investment  made as of
December 31, 1987 are presented to provide  general  comparisons to both a broad
equity market index and a specific industry (banking) index.

The following data points were utilized in preparation of the omitted graph.

<TABLE>

                                                    Cumulative Total Return (measured as of 12/31)*
                              ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              1987      1988      1989      1990      1991      1992      1993      1994      1995
                              ----      ----      ----      ----      ----      ----      ----      ----      ----
<S>                           <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>

First National Bancorp.       $100      $117      $148      $180      $202      $236      $279      $327      $409
Nasdaq Bank Index              100       111       100        65        90       136       176       178       257
Nasdag Composite               100       115       138       113       177       205       233       226       316


<FN>
*  Total return assumes reinvestment of dividends
</FN>
</TABLE>

<PAGE>






                         Independent Public Accountants

     The appointment of independent  public  accountants is approved annually by
the Board of Directors.  The Board of Directors has authorized the engagement of
McGladrey & Pullen,  LLP as its  independent  public  accountants for the fiscal
year 1996.  McGladrey & Pullen,  LLP was retained in 1995 by the Company under a
one (1)  year  contract  for the  purpose  of  performing,  in  accordance  with
generally accepted auditing standards,  the audit of the Company's  consolidated
financial  statements  and will continue to serve in 1996 under  similar  terms.
McGladrey & Pullen,  LLP has served as the independent public accountants of the
Company  since  1986.  If the  appointment  of  McGladrey  & Pullen,  LLP is not
ratified,  the matter of the appointment of independent  public accountants will
be considered by the Board of Directors.

     The Examining and Audit  Committee and the Trust Audit Committee of FNB met
with  representatives  of  McGladrey  & Pullen,  LLP and the  internal  auditors
quarterly  during 1995 to review the results of all audit work performed in that
period.

     A representative  of the firm of McGladrey & Pullen,  LLP is expected to be
present at the Annual Shareholders  Meeting, will have the opportunity to make a
statement  if he or she  desires  to do so and will be  available  to respond to
appropriate questions.


Shareholder Proposals for the 1997 Annual Meeting of Shareholders

        Any  proposals  of  Shareholders  intended to be  presented  at the 1997
Annual Meeting of  Shareholders  must be received by the Chairman of the Company
at its principal executive officers at 78 North Chicago Street, Joliet, Illinois
60432 on or before  October 24,  1996,  to be  considered  for  inclusion in the
Company's Proxy Statement and proxy relating to such meeting.


Other Business

        The Board of Directors know of no other matters to be brought before the
Annual  Shareholders  Meeting.  If any other matters should properly come before
the meeting, the persons named in the proxy will have the discretion to vote the
proxy in accordance with their best judgment on those matters.


                       By Order of the Board of Directors



                              /s/ Kevin T. Reardon
                              --------------------
                                Kevin T. Reardon
                              Chairman of the Board
                           and Chief Executive Officer



Joliet, Illinois
February 22, 1996



A COPY OF THE 1995 FORM 10-K (THE ANNUAL REPORT TO THE  SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE
COMMISSION) IS AVAILABLE FREE OF CHARGE TO ANY SHAREHOLDER  UPON WRITTEN REQUEST
TO: MR. KEVIN T. REARDON,  CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD, FIRST NATIONAL BANCORP,  INC.,
78 NORTH CHICAGO STREET, JOLIET, ILLINOIS 60432.


<PAGE>


                  NOTICE OF THE ANNUAL SHAREHOLDERS MEETING OF
                          FIRST NATIONAL BANCORP, INC.




To the Shareholders of First National Bancorp, Inc.:

NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the Annual  Shareholders  Meeting of First  National
Bancorp, Inc., (the "Company"), will be held on Thursday, March 14, 1996 at 3:00
p.m. at the main office of the First  National Bank of Joliet,  78 North Chicago
Street,  Joliet,  Illinois,  for the purpose of considering  and voting upon the
following matters:


      1.    The election of eleven (11) directors of the Company.

      2.    The  transaction  of such other  business as may properly be brought
            before the meeting or any adjournments or postponements thereof.


The Board of  Directors  knows of no other  business  to be  brought  before the
meeting. The close of business of the Company on Friday,  February 16, 1996, has
been fixed by the Board of Directors as the record date for the determination of
Shareholders  of the  Company  entitled  to notice of and to vote at the  Annual
Shareholders Meeting and any adjournments or postponements thereof.




Dated:   February 22, 1996



                       By Order of the Board of Directors


                              /s/ Kevin T. Reardon
                              --------------------
                                Kevin T. Reardon
                              Chairman of the Board
                           and Chief Executive Officer





                                    IMPORTANT

Whether you expect to attend the meeting or not,  please  mark,  sign,  date and
promptly return the enclosed proxy in the enclosed, self-addressed envelope.



<PAGE>




February 22, 1996



To Our Shareholders:

On behalf of the Board of Directors and  management,  I cordially  invite you to
attend the Annual  Shareholders  Meeting of First National  Bancorp,  Inc. to be
held on  Thursday,  March 14,  1996,  at 3:00 p.m.  at the main  office of First
National Bank of Joliet at 78 North Chicago Street, Joliet, Illinois.

The notice of meeting and proxy statement  accompanying this letter describe the
specific business to be acted upon.

In addition to the specific  matters to be acted upon, there will be a report on
the  progress  of First  National  Bancorp,  Inc.  and its  subsidiaries,  First
National Bank of Joliet,  Southwest  Suburban  Bank,  Bank of Lockport and Plano
Bancshares, Inc. and its subsidiary the Community Bank of Plano.

It is important that your shares be  represented at the meeting.  Whether or not
you plan to attend in person,  you are requested to please mark,  sign, date and
promptly return the enclosed BLUE proxy in the envelope provided.

Sincerely,



/s/ Kevin T. Reardon
- --------------------
Kevin T. Reardon
Chairman of the Board
and Chief Executive Officer


KTR:kgg


<PAGE>




                          FIRST NATIONAL BANCORP, INC.
                 78 North Chicago Street, Joliet, Illinois 60432

                    PROXY FOR ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS

           THIS PROXY IS SOLICITED ON BEHALF OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
                    AND MAY BE REVOKED PRIOR TO ITS EXERCISE

               PLEASE SIGN ON REVERSE SIDE AND RETURN IMMEDIATELY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned Shareholder or Shareholders
of First National Bancorp, Inc., ("Company"), do hereby nominate, constitute and
appoint  KEVIN T.  REARDON  and  ALBERT G.  D'OTTAVIO  or any one of them  (with
substitution,  for me or us and in my or our name,  place and stead) to vote all
the shares of common  stock of the Company,  standing in my or our name,  on the
Company's books as of the close of its business on Friday,  February 16, 1996 at
the Annual  Meeting of  Shareholders  of the Company to be held at the office of
First National Bank of Joliet,  78 North Chicago Street,  Joliet,  Illinois,  on
Thursday,  March 14, 1996 at 3:00 p.m., or any adjournment thereof, with all the
powers the undersigned would possess if personally present. The shares are to be
voted in accordance with my or our directions as follows:

1.    The election of the eleven (11) persons  listed below and in the Company's
      Proxy Statement dated February 22, 1996, as directors of the Company:

                              FOR ( ) WITHHOLD ( )

      Sheldon C. Bell         Paul A. Lambrecht        Louis R. Peyla
      George H. Buck          Harvey J. Lewis          Kevin T. Reardon
      Albert G. D'Ottavio     Walter F. Nolan          Howard E. Reeves
      Watson A. Healy         Charles R. Peyla
                                   (over)

YOU MAY  INDICATE  YOUR DESIRE TO WITHHOLD  AUTHORITY  TO VOTE FOR ANY PERSON BY
LINING THROUGH OR OTHERWISE STRIKING OUT THE NAME OF ANY PERSON.

      The Board of  Directors  recommends a vote "FOR" the election of the above
listed persons as directors of the Company.


2.    Such other  business as may be properly  brought before the meeting or any
      adjournment thereof.

      If any other business is properly brought before said meeting,  this proxy
      shall be voted in  accordance  with the  recommendations  of the  Board of
      Directors.



(Signature of Shareholder or Shareholders)    




(Signature of Shareholder or Shareholders)

When signing as attorney, executor,  administrator,  trustee or guardian, please
give full title.  If more than one trustee,  all should  sign.  All joint owners
must sign.




DATED:                               , 1996
        -----------------------------


(1)   All of the above  named  directors  have  been  engaged  in the  principal
      occupation specified for more than five years unless otherwise noted.

(2)   Charles R. and Louis R. Peyla are brothers.



                                   EXHIBIT 21

                         Subsidiaries of the Registrant



                                Jurisdiction of        Percent of Capital Stock
Name of Subsidiary               Organization         Owned at December 31, 1995
- ------------------              ---------------       --------------------------

First National Bank
    of Joliet                    United States                   100%

Southwest Suburban
    Bank                         United States                   100%

Bank of Lockport                 United States                   100%

Community Bank of Plano          United States                   100%






<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 9
<LEGEND>
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FOR THE DECEMBER
31, 1995 10-K OF FIRST NATIONAL BANCORP, INC. AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY
BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1995
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1995
<CASH>                                          42,979
<INT-BEARING-DEPOSITS>                               0
<FED-FUNDS-SOLD>                                41,537
<TRADING-ASSETS>                                     0
<INVESTMENTS-HELD-FOR-SALE>                     17,337
<INVESTMENTS-CARRYING>                         185,374
<INVESTMENTS-MARKET>                           187,269
<LOANS>                                        431,848
<ALLOWANCE>                                      3,931
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 749,990
<DEPOSITS>                                     605,137
<SHORT-TERM>                                    64,771
<LIABILITIES-OTHER>                              5,956
<LONG-TERM>                                      7,701
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                        12,159
<OTHER-SE>                                      54,266
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES-AND-EQUITY>                 749,990
<INTEREST-LOAN>                                 38,027
<INTEREST-INVEST>                               11,735
<INTEREST-OTHER>                                 2,803
<INTEREST-TOTAL>                                52,565
<INTEREST-DEPOSIT>                              18,222
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                              23,114
<INTEREST-INCOME-NET>                           29,451
<LOAN-LOSSES>                                    1,191
<SECURITIES-GAINS>                                 309
<EXPENSE-OTHER>                                 21,419
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                 11,965
<INCOME-PRE-EXTRAORDINARY>                       8,211
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                     8,211
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                     6.75
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     6.75
<YIELD-ACTUAL>                                    4.62
<LOANS-NON>                                        169
<LOANS-PAST>                                       981
<LOANS-TROUBLED>                                     0
<LOANS-PROBLEM>                                  3,487
<ALLOWANCE-OPEN>                                 3,082
<CHARGE-OFFS>                                      646
<RECOVERIES>                                       304
<ALLOWANCE-CLOSE>                                3,931
<ALLOWANCE-DOMESTIC>                             3,931
<ALLOWANCE-FOREIGN>                                  0
<ALLOWANCE-UNALLOCATED>                              0
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission